best time to visit europe in october

23 Best Places To Visit In Europe In October (2024 Review)

Last Updated on March 13, 2024 by Nicole

October is the best time to visit Europe if you wish to avoid busy summer crowds, enjoy excellent weather, find killer deals on accommodation and flights, and explore interesting and beautiful places with stunning fall colors. But, where should you go? Where are the best places to visit in Europe in October? Here are 23 fantastic European destinations that include big and small cities, stunning beaches, breathtaking mountains and charming towns.

This post may contain affiliate links. That means that I may earn a small commission, at no extra cost to you, if you buy something through my site. This helps me run my website and produce the articles that I hope you find helpful.

Other Destinations

In case you are curious about other amazing destinations to visit Europe around this time of year, please see:

• 23 Best Places To Visit In Europe In September ;
• 22 Best National Parks To Visit In Europe in September ;
• 20 Best Places To Visit In The UK In September ; and
• 24 Best Beach Holidays in Europe In September .
• 24 Best Places To Visit In Europe In November ; and
• 20 Best Honeymoon Destinations In Europe In November .
• 24 Fabulous Fall Destinations In Europe .

Alternatively, if you are looking to travel in October because you want to avoid extreme summer heat in Europe, then consider these suggestions  24 Best Places To Visit In Europe For Mild Summer Weather .

There are amazing spots in Europe to watch the sunset. For some suggestions, check out 28 Best Places In Europe For Most Beautiful Sunsets .

For those of you who definitely need to travel in October but are open to other destinations, here are  22 Best Places To Visit In The USA In Octobe r and 21 Best US National Parks To Visit In October .

Best Places To Visit In Europe In October

I asked some of the best travel bloggers and industry experts where the best places to visit in October in Europe. In this article, I highlight their recommendations and include important information such as how to get there, where to stay, the expected weather, any special annual events or festivals, and the best things to do.

Lisbon, Portugal

By Nesrin from Kevmrc

Lisbon, the capital of Portugal, is a colorful and lively city with a Mediterranean atmosphere and an extremely rich cultural heritage. October lands squarely in the autumn months, but apart from the sunsetting earlier than the summer months, you can hardly tell that fall has arrived. The climate remains mild and the sun still shines bright. 

There are plenty of ways to enjoy Lisbon. You can explore the beautiful alleys and gardens, lounge by the banks of the Tagus River, climb the city’s hills and lookouts, or eat delicious food at countless cafes and restaurants. You’ll love going from neighborhood to neighborhood on the famous yellow streetcars with locals, soaking up the atmosphere of the city along the way.

Lisbon is also full of history and stunning monuments, such as the Belem Tower, a 16th century fort and the impressive Cristo Rei, a 360 feet or 110 meter Catholic monument and shrine dedicated to Jesus Christ. Inspired by Rio de Janeiro’s Christ the Redeemer, it was built in 1959 to thank God for sparing Portugal from the horrors of WWII. You can go to a viewing platform 262 feet or 80 meters and see spectacular views of Lisbon. In addition, make sure you take a ride on the Santa Justa elevator, a beautiful Neo-Gothic elevator opened in 1901.

Fall is the perfect season to  visit Lisbon for a European holiday. There are fewer crowds and it hosts many events and festivals. The most famous of them is the Rock’n’Roll Marathon, a 42km-race from Cascais to Lisbon’s Praça do Comércio that usually takes place on October 15th. Alternatively, you can go wine tasting at the Wine Fair held at Campo Pequeno, or attend the Doc Lisboa, the city’s international film festival.

Expected Weather

Unlike many other European cities, Lisbon has very mild and pleasant weather in October. It rarely rains, and you can expect average temperatures between 60.8°F and 77°F.

Best Way To Reach The Destination

Lisbon is easily accessible thanks to its’ international airport located only 25-30 minutes away by bus or metro.

Best Place To Stay

Nesrine says, “The Portugal Boutique Hotel is a nice hotel perfectly located in Lisbon city center with nearby transport. Rooms are comfortable and spacious, and the staff helpful.”

Dubrovnik, Croatia

By Una from Wandernity

October is the best time to visit Dubrovnik for a fall vacation. It’s still warm and sunny, but high season is over. This means that there are fewer crowds at the popular places and better prices for accommodation, tours and restaurants.

Dubrovnik is remarkable. It has magnificent architecture (featured in the hit television show “Game Of Thrones”) and a beautiful location on the banks of the Adriatic Sea. It’s a great place if you enjoy walking tours of historic sites, hiking to explore natural surroundings, or relaxing on a beach or poolside. 

One of the  best things to do in Dubrovnik  is to enjoy its Old Town. There are many famous and exceptionally beautiful buildings quite close to each other, including the walls that encircle the Old Town. Built in the 14th and 15th centuries and later completed in the 17th century, the walls run uninterrupted for approximately 6,360 ft (1,940 metres). They are considered to be amongst the great fortification systems of the Middle Ages. In 1979, the old city of Dubrovnik, including the wall, became an UNESCO World Heritage Site.

For nature lovers, take the cable car to ascend to Mount Srd. It offers panoramic views of the city, the surrounding sea and the islands.

Dubrovnik is also a great home base for a day trip to surrounding countries and islands. Popular tours are to Montenegro , Bosnia-Herzegovina, or Dalmatian Islands. And, of course, if you are a fan of Game Of Thrones, there are numerous walking tours that you can take to visit the most famous filming locations.

The average high temperature in Dubrovnik in October is 70°F, with the possibility of daytime temperatures reaching mid 70s in early October. It’s mostly sunny but can expect 8 days with some rain.

Dubrovnik has its own airport 20-minutes drive from the city.

Una says, “Scalini Palace is a great place to stay in Dubrovnik. It is located in the Old Town with many attractions within walking distance – including cafes, historic buildings, and beaches. It offers a spa area free of charge to the guests.”

Athens, Greece

By Elena from The Athenian Riviera

Athens, the capital city of Greece, is the perfect place to visit in the fall for a European getaway. A city jam-packed with cultural and historical attractions, Athens is brimming with creative energy, vibrant nightlife and a fantastic culinary scene.

As summer crowds fade, visitors can explore all the historical wonders that Athens has to offer without jostling for space or lining up. Consider visiting the Acropolis, the ancient citadel perched on a rocky outcrop overlooking Athens. It contains the Parthenon and other notable buildings dating back from the 5th century BC. It forms the greatest architectural and artistic complex from Greek Antiquity to the world.

Alternatively, spend the day in the coastal part of Athens on the dazzling Athenian Riviera which is dotted with beautiful beaches and seaside restaurants. For a memorable sunset, head towards the southernmost tip of the Attica region and witness the magic from the Temple of Poseidon, after which end your evening with a delightful meal overlooking the Saronic Gulf.

Athens is also a gateway to the Greek islands and an excellent base to enjoy a day trip to popular mainland destinations like Delphi, the famous archaeological site of the ancient oracle and Nafplio, the first capital of the modern Greek state. 

The temperatures in Athens in October are comfortable with low of 59°F and high up in the mid 70s°F. It should only rain a few days during the month.

Athens shares an excellent connection with major European cities and the rest of the world. There are daily flights that fly into Athens International Airport. The drive from the airport to Athen’s city center takes approximately 35-40 minutes, depending on traffic. 

Elena says, “Athens offers an excellent choice of boutique hotels, luxury international chain hotels, serviced apartments and budget hotels, all located in close proximity to the capital’s main attractions. Visitors who wish to enjoy the beachfront location can opt to stay in the areas of Vouliagmeni and Glyfada which can be easily accessed from the airport.”

Cordoba, Spain

By Cristina from My Little World Of Travelling

Located in the south of Spain , Cordoba is an underrated destination in comparison to other Andalusian cities such as Seville or Malaga. However, the city has many incredible things to offer – from incredible historic sites to delicious traditional dishes such as salmorejo and flamenquin .

Cordoba’s main attraction is the Mezquita, a cathedral that was formerly a mosque and now a UNESCO World Heritage Site. The Great Mosque was constructed in the 8th century when Cordoba was the capital of the Muslim-controlled region. It was expanded multiple times including adding a minaret. However, in 1236, it was converted to a cathedral and by the 16th century, it had added a Renaissance cathedral nave and transept into the center of the building. It is a remarkable building to discover.

Another important historic building that you can’t miss during your trip to Cordoba is Alcázar de Los Reyes Cristianos, a beautiful medieval palace-fortress that was the royal residence of the Christian monarchs, Isabella I of Castile and Ferdinand II of Aragon. Initially built in the 14th century, it has magnificent courtyards and gardens to explore. It forms part of the Historic Center of Córdoba and was declared a Unesco World Heritage Site in 1994.

October is the best time to travel to Cordoba if you want fewer crowds and pleasant weather (maximum of 77°F and minimum of 54°F). Try to avoid summer since it is very hot, crowded, and difficult to sightsee.

The nearest airport to Cordoba is Seville airport, but you can fly to Granada or Malaga airports as well. All the cities are well-connected by coach and train. If you’re driving, Seville is only a 1 hour and 30 minutes drive from Cordoba.

Cristina says, “If you are looking for a place to stay in Cordoba, NH Collection Amistad Córdoba is an excellent option. The hotel is located in the beautiful Jewish Quarter, a few footsteps from Cordoba Synagogue, Casa Andalusí and other attractions. In addition to this, the hotel offers beautifully decorated rooms, incredible facilities like a swimming pool, and an Andalusian patio inspired restaurant.”

Budapest, Hungary

By Krisztina from She Wanders Abroad

If you’re looking for one of the best European cities to visit in October for an amazing trip, look no further than Budapest . This stunning city is located on the banks of the Danube River and is home to some of the most beautiful architecture in Europe. In addition, Budapest is also known for its delicious food and vibrant nightlife. October is a great time to visit as there are fewer tourists and it is less expensive than during the peak summer months.

One of the best things to do in Budapest is walk around the city center and marvel at the beautiful buildings. One of the places that you shouldn’t miss is the Hungarian Parliament Building. This imposing structure was inspired by Vienna’s City Hall and completed in 1902. It is the largest building in Hungary and a dominant presence on the Danube.

Another must-see attraction is the Buda Castle. This iconic castle sits on top of a hill overlooking the city and offers some amazing views. First built in 1265 for the Hungarian kings, it now houses the Hungarian National Gallery and The Budapest History Museum.

For another spot with impressive views of Budapest, head to nearby Fisherman’s Bastion. Originally, built in 1700, this fortress offers some of the best views of Budapest from its Neo-Romanesque lookout terraces- it’s truly a photographer’s dream.

Hungary is also famous for its food, so make sure to try out some of the local dishes while you’re in town. Some must-try dishes include goulash, langos, and paprikas chicken. And of course, no visit to Budapest would be complete without enjoying a few beers at one of the local pubs, such as Szimpla Kert or Gozsdu Court.

Last but not least, you should experience one of the thermal baths. There are a few different baths to choose from, but you can’t go wrong with Szechenyi Baths or Gellert Baths.

The weather in Budapest in October is generally mild, with average temperatures ranging between 60-70 degrees Fahrenheit. However, it’s a good idea to pack a few layers for when the temperatures dip down in the evening.

Budapest’s international airport is only 16km, so it’s an ideal destination for a long weekend .

Krisztina says, “In terms of where to stay in Budapest , the city center on the Pest side (districts 5, 6, 7) is the most popular area but you can find some amazing hotels on the Buda side as well. Hilton Budapest offers an incredible panorama view. If you’re looking for an affordable, centrally located hotel, check out Hotel Memories Budapest.

Colmar, France

By Jen from Dabbling In Jetlag

Located at the foot of the Vosges Mountains in eastern France, lies the charming city of Colmar. Here you’ll find vibrant half-timbered medieval-styled buildings, captivating museums, and traditional Alsatian food.

Stroll down the cobble-stoned streets and admire the colorful buildings. The most picturesque can be found near Little Venice on the Rue des Écoles bridge and the Rue Turenne Bridge. Alternatively, for a unique view, ride in a gondola along the Lauch River. You’ll approach the city from a different angle while a tour guide details the history of Colmar.

For history buffs, the Musée d’Unterlinden is an absolute must. Touted as the best museum in Alsace, this former convent now houses artifacts and artwork from prehistorical to contemporary times.

Of course, no  trip to Colmar  would be complete without eating a Tarte Flambée. This regional specialty consists of a thin crust topped with a creamy sauce, lardons, onions, and cheese cooked in a wood-fired oven. Given its popularity, you can find this delicious treat in nearly every restaurant. But, for the tastiest ones, head to the Farmer’s Market on Rue des Écoles.

While Colmar is a year-round city, October is the best time of year to visit for an European getaway. The weather is pleasant and there is beautiful fall foliage. This combined with the brightly colored buildings make for some spectacular scenery, to say the least. 

Average temperatures hover in the low to mid-60s. It rains around 9 days and the sun is almost always shining.

Colmar is easy to reach with the closest international airport, EuroAirport, only a 45-minute drive away.

Jen says, “In October, you’ll have your choice of hotels. Hotel Saint-Martin is a great option if you’re looking for something centrally located that doesn’t cost a fortune.”

Florence, Italy

By Jaclyn from My Resting Beach Face

Florence is one of the best destinations to visit in Europe and a fantastic city break. It is filled with art, food, history, wine tastings, and spectacular sightseeing. In addition, October is one of the best times to visit as the weather is lovely and mild, and there are no longer the crazy crowds found in the summer months.

One of the best parts about traveling to Florence is that you can walk everywhere and get lost in the side streets. You may end up in a restaurant having limoncello and eating a Florentine steak while listening to Frank Sinatra. Alternatively, you may even end up with a bottle of wine while watching the sunset from Piazzale Michelangelo. No matter what you do, you will feel at home and at ease, and have a trip that will truly rejuvenate your soul.

There are some amazing things to do in Florence. First, go to the Boboli Gardens. Established by the Medici family in the 16th century, it is located behind the Pitti Palace, the former main seat of the Medici Grand Dukes. It is a vast green park that is also an outdoor museum. Considered the first and most important example of an Italian garden, you will find statues, grottos, fountains, and a terraced 18th-century pavilion, all surrounded by trees.

Next, explore the Uffizi Galleries, which houses an enormous collection of sculptures and paintings from the Middle Ages to Modern day. Afterwards, walk nearby to the Ponte Vecchio, a medieval stone bridge over the Arno river, with shops crammed together from one side to another.

Finally, climb to the top of Brunelleschi Dome in Florence Cathedral. It was built in the 15th century, is the largest masonry vault in the world and took 16 years to build.

Average high temperature in Italy in October is 69 degrees Fahrenheit with lots of sunny days. However, it can quickly turn to rain. Expect around 9 days with some rain.

Fly into the Florence international airport. It is 16 minutes by car, or take a taxi or public transportation.

Munich, Germany

By Kerry from Vegg Travel

Munich, Germany (Bavaria’s capital) is one of the best places to visit in Europe in October. It is not just that Munich is an incredible city throughout the year, but in the fall, you can take part in the world-famous Munich Beer Festival called Oktoberfest .

Imagine a huge fairground filled with beer tents, stalls, and rides for all ages, not to mention as much delicious German food that you could eat. It’s truly a sight to behold. Weekends are very busy and you should make a reservation to guarantee a spot. You can’t go all the way to Munich and not dance on a table with a stein of beer in your hand! Oktoberfest typically occurs from late September to early October. 

Munich city centre is also alive with festivities. There are many traditional Bavarian bars and Beer Houses packed full of people enjoying the celebrations. Beyond Oktoberfest, Munich offers beautiful architecture and landmarks. 

If you’re going with your partner, there’s nothing more romantic than Munich in the evening. Be sure to take an evening stroll through Marienplatz, the town hall that has been the center of the city since 1158. It is also home to The Rathaus (City Hall) and famed Glockenspiel Clock Tower. If you time your visit right, you can even catch the Glockenspiel show where little characters ring the bells several times a day.

The weather is still mild (57 / 53 degree Fahrenheit) and often warm with sunny days, but it cools down at night. You can expect around 8 days with some rain.

Munich International airport is well connected to the city centre where you can get buses or the metro to Theresienwiese station for Oktoberfest.

Kerry says, “Consider staying outside of the centre for affordable accommodation. The NH Munich German Kaiser is a great place to stay that is also an easy travel distance to the festival.”

Istanbul, Turkey

By Ben from Ticket 4 Two Please

Istanbul is one of the best places in Europe for a vacation and October is the best time of year to go. Turkey’s biggest city is well-known for being the place where the East collides with the West. The city straddles the Bosporus Strait which means Istanbul lies in both Europe and Asia. However, it is the European side of the city that offers so much to visitors. 

The Sultanahmet district is home to the majority of Istanbul’s famous sites and where you will spend the majority of your time when visiting Istanbul. While you could spend weeks in the Sultanahmet district and not see it all, 4 days in Istanbul should give you a good flavour of what the area has to offer. 

Undoubtedly one of the highlights of the district is the majestic Hagia Sophia – built way back in the 6th century AD, this active mosque is certainly one of the most beautiful buildings in the world.

The same can be said for the neighbouring Blue Mosque, arguably Istanbul’s most famous piece of architecture. The Ottoman-built Mosque is adorned with thousands of beautifully crafted blue tiles, contributing to it’s unofficial name.  

After exploring the Sultanahmet district, you should then head towards the Grand Bazaar for a wonderfully chaotic introduction to life in the city. The sprawling streets and alleyways of the Grand Bazaar are brimming with impressive sights, smells and sounds. It really is an assault on the senses and an experience that cannot be missed. If feeling brave, make a purchase from one of the stalls and try to out-negotiate the vendor.

Every October, Istanbul is also home to the amazing Akbank Jazz Festival. The 10-day music festival engulfs the city and features artists from all around the globe, playing at a number of different venues. 

The days are longer and drier than later on in the year and thankfully, not as swelteringly hot as in the peak of summer. The average temperature in Istanbul in October is 68°F, making it the ideal temperature for exploring the city on foot. You can expect around 6 days with rain.

The city is also served by two major international airports, with the Istanbul Airport being the best-suited for visitors to the European side of the city. It takes roughly 50 minutes to get from Istanbul airport to the heart of the Sultanahmet district. 

Ben says, “If you’re looking for a luxury stay in Istanbul, then the AJWA Sultanahmet is certainly for you. The newly built hotel is only a 10-minute walk from the Blue Mosque and is decorated throughout in an authentic Ottoman-style.” 

Norfolk, England

Izzy & Phil from

October is one of the best times to visit Norfolk  in England for an amazing holiday. From the huge skies, vast beaches and rolling sand dunes of the North Norfolk Coast, to historic Norwich and the beautifully tranquil Norfolk Broads, there’s plenty to see and do in this idyllic corner of the United Kingdom. Take a road trip along Norfolk’s enviable coast line, with some of the best beaches in the east of England. You’ll find traditional seaside resorts, huge expanses of wild and raw beach and nature reserves dedicated to the rare and unusual species found here. In October, the beaches will be deserted and the birds migrating, which makes for an incredible spectacle. Pop into medieval Norwich for historic architecture, fantastic independent shops and a thriving foodie scene, showcasing the best of local produce, like Cromer Crab and award winning English wine. Norwich Market, the oldest outdoor market in England, has a great selection of stalls selling produce from the region – for a traditional treat head to Ron’s for the best fish and chips around! In October, Norfolk Restaurant week starts and is a great time to check out the best of the county’s restaurants! From Norwich, head east on a day trip to the Norfolk Broads, an Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty, for woodland autumn colours, low sun bouncing off the Broads and rivers, and peaceful boating, all without the large summer crowds.

Norfolk is the driest county in Great Britain, so expect some rain but not much over 8 days. It will be around 58 degrees Fahrenheit and you’ll have clear and crisp days, the perfect time for walking and bird watching. 

To get to Norfolk, fly into London Stansted and drive, or get the train, to Norwich. It will take around two hours.

Izzy & Phil say, “Stay at The Georgian Townhouse in Norwich, a laid back hotel with a lively bar and restaurant, just outside the city centre.”

Crete, Greek Islands

By Annabel from Smudged Postcard

Crete is a large island rich in history and culture with a distinct cuisine. There are fabulous beaches, interesting harbour towns and pretty mountain villages to explore.

October is a perfect time to visit. Most tourists have already departed so that hiking and sightseeing are more enjoyable with less intense summer heat.

One of the most significant attractions in Crete is the ancient Palace of Knossos – the capital of Minoan civilisation. It is located just outside the island’s capital of Heraklion. On the eastern side of Crete is the former leper colony of Spinalonga Island – a fascinating but sobering place to visit. The southern side of Crete has some remote coastal villages which are ideal for visitors looking to get away from the crowds.

Many tourists coming to Crete enjoy hiking in the mountains and gorges. The 10 mile Samaria Gorge is the most well-known but there are other beautiful less visited areas as well.

Crete is the most southerly of the Greek islands so it maintains a mild year-round climate. In October, Crete has an average high of 76 degrees Fahrenheit. The sea has been warmed by the long hot summer, so it is the perfect time for swimming. Rainfall does increase in autumn with 6 days with rain, but the main rainfall tends to be over the winter months.

There are two international airports in Crete. Heraklion International Airport or Kazantzakis Airport (HER) is located in the northeastern part of the island. Chania International Airport or Daskalogiannis (CHQ) is found in the northwestern part of the island. Alternatively, fly to Athens and take the high speed ferry 6.5 hours.

Annabel says, “Crete lends itself well to a road trip. The island is large so it’s worth hiring a car to explore the coastal regions, the mountains and some of the less easy to reach areas.

Chania is a good base in the east for day trips. If you’re visiting  Crete with kids , the Ammos Hotel is the perfect place. Otherwise, the Casa Delfino Hotel is located in the old town and is ideal for couples.”

Brussels, Belgium

By Caroline from Veggie Wayfarer

Brussels bears the joint crown of being both the capital of Europe and Belgium. This cosmopolitan city has everything you expect in a European city : a vibrant cultural scene, fantastic restaurants and a long list of monuments to visit. As an added benefit, it is small (ish) and very walkable. Spending  two-days in Brussels  will give you ample time to get a feel of this underrated European capital.

When visiting Brussels, you will want enough time to stroll across the Grand Place (main square) to see the golden façades on the typical gabled houses. It will literally take your breath away. The main square houses the town hall (can be visited upon appointment) as well as the Belgian Beer Museum (worth a visit to try the beers).

Meander through the cobblestone streets, named after various food items – remnants of the many markets that were held in this area – and go on the hunt for  Manneken Pis  (the little peeing man) before diving headlong into one of the many chocolate stores or waffle stands (delicious!).

October is a good time to visit Brussels. Average temperatures in October is around 58°F. Summer-like temperatures tend to stick around until late September. Expect around 9 days of rain. That being said, make sure to always bring a packable rain jacket as the weather in Belgium is volatile.

Brussels is well connected to most large cities with multiple international flights landing daily in Brussels International Airport. To get into the city, simply hop on the direct train from the airport and get off at Brussel Centraal.

Caroline says, “Stay on the Grand Place in the boutique hotel, Cocoon, which offers magnificent views over the square at affordable prices.

Sao Miguel, Portugal (Azores Islands)

By Katja from Globetotting

High season in the Azores falls over the summer months but with the warm weather come the crowds. If you’re keen to visit these volcanic islands when it’s a little quieter then it is one of the best destinations to visit in Europe for an October getaway.

Sao Miguel is the largest, most populated and most volcanically active of the nine Azores Islands, the Portuguese archipelago that sits in the middle of the Atlantic Ocean. The island is famous for its dramatic landscapes, its blue and white hydrangeas and increasingly, for its adventure activities.

Some of the  best things to do in Sao Miguel  include visiting the Lagoa das Sete Cidades (the Sete Cidades lakes). These two lakes – the Green Lake and the Blue Lake – look like separate bodies of water but are in fact one lake divided by a bridge. A handful of viewpoints offer visitors spectacular views. 

Ponta de Ferraria is another must see spot. The westernmost point of the island is characterised by a dramatic volcanic coastline. It is home to a natural ocean swimming pool that’s heated by geothermal water from a sulphurous hot spring.

Daily temperatures average around 71F, with some days reaching 76F. It rarely falls below 69F during the day in October, but may be in the low 60s at night. Bear in mind, however, that the weather in the Azores can be erratic no matter what time of year you visit. Bring a rain jacket and be prepared for some rain on 7 days of the month. 

Sao Miguel is home to the main international airport for the Azores, João Paulo II Airport (PDL) at Ponta Delgada.

Katja says, “The town of Furnas is the oldest tourist destination in the Azores and the centre of the island’s geothermal activity. Make sure you try ‘cozido’ while here, a traditional Portuguese stew cooked underground by volcanic heat. Stay at the Furnas Boutique Hotel while here.”

Paris, France

By Stephanie from The Unknown Enthusiast

Paris is one of the most beautiful cities in Europe to visit in October – the summer crowds have lessened, the temperature is lovely and mild, and autumn colors are everywhere.

Of course, on your visit, you must go see the Eiffel Tower, but don’t miss walking along the River Seine that runs past the Tower, or visiting the stately Arc de Triomphe. Make sure you leave time to climb up to the top of the Arc to enjoy the spectacular views over Paris!

As part of your fall Paris itinerary , you should explore the parks and gardens all over Paris to observe the changing leaves. The Jardin de Tuileries is a popular choice by the Louvre. It has a forested area in the middle of the garden with a beautiful fall foliage display. But you should also visit some of the less well-known parks like Monceau or Parc des Buttes Chaumont. 

Montmartre is an absolute must when visiting Paris in the fall. In particular, Rue de l’Abreuvoir can be stunning in fall, as the ivy-covered buildings turn a vibrant red, making a beautiful contrasting color to the cobblestoned street.

Ready to relax or warm up? Grab coffee or hot chocolate at a cafe. Cafe culture is strong in Paris, and sitting outside a cafe, at a little table, watching the world go by, while sipping on a hot drink in the brisk air, just doesn’t get more Parisian. 

Stay at the Hotel Saint Paul Rive Gauche – this charming hotel is in the heart of the vibrant Latin Quarter, just a couple minutes from the Jardin de Luxembourg. 

Weather in October is generally pleasant but getting brisker, with average highs running from 56 F to 66 F, depending on what part of the month you visit. You have about an equal chance of sun or clouds during the beginning of the month, with increasing cloudiness as the month goes on. 

Fly into Charles de Gaulle International Airport (CDG), which is about 30-45 minutes from the center of Paris. You can take a taxi, uber, bus, or the metro to get into town. 

Stephanie says, “Stay at the Hotel Saint Paul Rive Gauche – this charming hotel is in the heart of the vibrant Latin Quarter, just a couple minutes from the Jardin de Luxembourg.”

The A lgarve, Portugal

By Alya from The Algarve Family

The Algarve, a sunny region in the south of Portugal is one of the most beautiful places in Europe and a perfect place in October for a weekend getaway. The weather is very pleasant and there are fewer tourists than the peak summer months. As a result, the beaches are less crowded, accommodation prices are lower, and there is no need to book everything months in advance. 

For a beach holiday in October, Lagos, Albufeira, and Vilamoura are the best towns in which to stay. All three towns have stunning sandy beaches, charming old towns, beautiful marinas, many restaurants, and cafes. In addition, there are many fun things to do in the area such as boat tours, hiking along the cliffs, kayaking or stand up water boarding. Watching dolphins or visiting the Benagil Cave are the two most popular boat tours in the southern Algarve.

Western Algarve and its wild Vicentina Coast is a perfect place for a surfing holiday in October. One of the small towns such as Sagres, Arrifana, Praia de Odeceixe, or Carrapateira offer great waves, unspoiled sandy beaches, and breathtaking views. Overall, the West Coast sees significantly fewer tourists. In addition, western Algarve is a perfect place for a cycling trip or a multi-day walk following the spectacular Fishermen’s Trail of the Rota Vicentina.

In October, the Algarve is warm, not blazing hot like in the summer, with very little rain. Average daily high temperatures in southern Algarve are between 73°F and 77°F.

The best way of getting to the southern Algarve is to fly to Faro Airport. There are many direct international flights to Faro from Germany, the UK, the Netherlands, Ireland, and several other countries. It’s easy to get from Faro to Lagos , Albufeira, and Vilamoura by bus, train or car. It takes between 30min. to one hour.

Alya says, “There are several campsites close to the West Coast beaches e.g. São Miguel campsite near Odeceixe or Sarrão campsite in Aljezur.”

Warsaw, Poland

By Or from My Path In The World

Warsaw, Poland’s capital city, is one of the best budget-friendly European destinations to explore on a mid-week escape that has something to offer every traveler. There are beautiful historical landmarks, fascinating museums, and a thriving culinary and nightlife scene.

You’ll find dozens of  things to do in Warsaw , but the top place to visit is the Old Town. This UNESCO World Heritage Site was reconstructed after WWII, but it is still alive with history. It includes the colorful Old Town Market Square, the Royal Castle, the Barbican, some beautiful streets and alleys, and much more. Take your time and stroll around or join a walking tour.

Next, head to the unusual Praga district, which was the least damaged during WWII. It’s quite quirky and hipster. You’ll find incredible murals, cool cultural spaces, unusual museums (like the Neon Museum and the Vodka Museum), and more.

If you’re visiting on a rainy day, warm up at one of Warsaw’s cute cafes with a cup of decadent hot chocolate. Alternatively, visit some incredible museums, like the Uprising Museum, the Chopin Museum, and the POLIN Museum of the History of Polish Jews.

In October, when the average temperatures are 10°C-18°C (50°F-64.5°F) by day and 6°C-11°C (43°F-52°F) by night, you’ll also be rewarded with beautiful fall foliage in Warsaws’ parks. Some days are sunny, and some can be rainy, but in comparison to Polish winters, the weather is pleasant.

Getting to Warsaw is fairly easy as international flights arrive daily at the Warsaw Chopin Airport, which is only 10 km (about 6.2 miles) from the Old Town. A taxi can take you there in less than 25 minutes, and a bus ride will take 40-50 minutes.

Or says, “Stay centrally at Oki Doki OLD TOWN , which is housed in an 18th-century building in the Old Town.”

Fuerteventura, Spain (Canary Islands)

By Paulina from UK Everyday

Fuerteventura, known as the Island of Eternal Spring, is one of the best holiday spots to visit in Europe in autumn. Located in the Atlantic Ocean just off the coast of from southern Morocco, it offers great weather all year round. Moreover, it is the oldest of all the Canary Islands.

The best things to do on the island include exploring the sandy  beaches of Fuerteventura . Corralejo Sand Dunes Natural Park offers miles of beautiful beaches and amazing ocean views. You can drive through the park and admire the incredible landscape. Alternatively, you can choose to spend the day enjoying one of the incredible beaches, such as Playa del Moro, Playa Alzada or Playa Larga.

There are a few annual events in Fuerteventura in October. One of them is Fiesta de la Virgen del Rosario on the first Sunday of the month. There are religious processions and music concerts, varying between accordion recitals to heavy rock. In addition, there are dancing competitions and a padel contest, a Canarian game that is a cross between squash and tennis.

Another interesting event is the swimming race from Corralejo to Isla de Lobos. It is 7km round trip but there are also two shorter distances for all those who want to experience this unique crossing.

October is the best time to visit Fuerteventura if you love swimming. The sea temperature is 72°F and the highest between August and October. Also, the average daily temperature of 74°F makes it a great place to escape the autumn months in Europe. There is very little chance of rain.

Fuerteventura International Airport is 40 minutes drive from the Corralejo Sand Dunes Natural Park.

Paulina says, “If you would like to stay near the National Park, book accommodation in Corralejo. It is one of the most popular tourist towns in Fuerteventura. AVANTI Lifestyle Hotel is just a few steps from the beach. Its’ close location to Port of Corralejo will allow you to easily book a boat trip to Lanzarote or the small island of Lobos. 

Rome, Italy

By Isabelle from Issy’s Escapades

Rome – the Eternal City, birthplace of the Roman Empire and custodian of countless pieces of priceless art – is one of the most famous cities in the world. That also makes it one of the most popular places in the world to visit too. That makes it difficult to find a time to visit Rome when it’s not mobbed by tourists and when the weather is still pleasant. However, October is one of the best times to visit for fewer crowds and beautiful weather for a fantastic European trip.

There are three things that should make it on any Rome itinerary . First, is the staggering Colosseum and nearby Roman Forum. It’s highly worth booking a tour to explore the history and hear the stories of these popular destinations. Try to book a tour that includes the underground of the Colosseum. Recently opened to tourists, you learn what happened ‘behind the scenes’ at major gladiatorial spectacles. 

Second, is the Vatican. While actually existing as its own entirely separate state within the city of Rome, a visit is essential. The Vatican Museum houses vast collections and are absolutely astonishing, as are some of the pieces held within Saint Paul’s Cathedral. A must-see at the Vatican is Michelangelo’s Sistine Chapel.

Third, is the Borghese Gallery and Borghese Gardens. The gallery houses one of the most important collections of art in the world. It is home to some of Bernini’s most famous sculptures. Moreover, it houses an impressive collection of Caravaggio masterpieces.  

Average temperatures in October ranges from a 72°F falling to around 50°F at night.

Getting to Rome is a cinch, due to its popularity. It has two internationalairports – Ciampino and Fiumicino – and depending on your point of origin, you may not have a choice into which you will fly. Both are located a little outside of the city center. Accordingly, you will require either public transport or a taxi transfer to reach downtown Rome. 

Isabelle says, “In terms of where to stay to get the best out of your time in Rome, consider Tree Charme Parliament Boutique Hotel. It is a stylish 3-star that’s located a stone’s throw from Piazza Navona. This places guests right in the heart of Rome’s centro storico.”

Galway, Ireland

By Pamela from The Directionally Challenged Traveler

October is the perfect time of year to visit the delightful city of Galway, Ireland. The city is like a little sister of Dublin , but located on the west coast. The ocean provides a gentle breeze and mild weather throughout the year. Visiting in the autumn months means fewer crowds and cheaper accommodation.

There are plenty of  things to do in Galway . Live music can be found on most corners and in restaurants. Galway’s personality is reflected in its music, so enjoy it as you stroll through the streets of the city. Make sure to take some time to wander through the Latin Quarter and down Quay Street. There are lots of shops and pubs in the area; just choose one that calls out to you.

You’ll find the history of the city scattered around. Galway Cathedral, Lynch’s Castle, and the Spanish Arch all offer a glimpse into days gone past. Head down the Long Walk, which is lined with colorful houses along the water. Sometimes, you can spot ducks and swans here too.  

In October, you’ll find a number of festivals in the city. The Baboro International Arts Festival for Children, the Galway Races, and the Galway Jazz Festival are memorable events worth exploring in October. 

Galway’s friendly personality, walkable cobblestone streets, and charming B&B’s make it a great destination in Europe during the fall season.

Average high temperatures in Galway is 58 degrees Fahrenheit. Expect rain around 13 days so pack a rain jacket.

Most people arrive in Ireland through Dublin airport. It’s a 2.5-hour drive from Dublin to Galway through the beautiful countryside. However, Shannon Airport is only a little over an hour’s drive south of Galway.

Pamela says, “For a great place to stay, check out The Residence Hotel. The atmosphere is traditionally Irish and they have an in-house bar featuring live music nightly.”

Lake Bled, Slovenia

By Noel from This Hawaii Life

One of the most beautiful places in Europe to visit in October would be Lake Bled in Slovenia. Less than a two hour train ride from the stunning capital city of Ljubljana , the urban landscape quickly turns into rolling countryside, agricultural farms, pastures and dense forests.

The Lake Bled area is a popular all year round destination for locals and visitors alike, but in late September and early October, the landscape is spectacular with beautiful fall foliage. Ablaze with vivid colors of orange, red and yellows from the local trees and shrubs around the lake, you can enjoy a stunning walk on a paved path around the lake. You can even take a short boat trip to the Church of the Assumption on an island located in the middle of the lake.

Visit Bled Castle for stunning views of the Lake Bled below and then tour the historic castle. Alternatively, stop at Bled city and take a ferry ride or your own boat trip around the lake area.

For more adventure, you can hike in the local mountains, do some rock climbing or trek up into the hill areas for more spectacular views of autumn colors. For nature lovers, head up to Vintgar Gorge for a stunning walk along the river.

Night time in October is cool, around 40s. Daytime is a lovely comfortable temperature in mid 60s to 70s so being outdoors and exploring the trails around the lake area is ideal.

Fly into Ljubljana International Airport. It is less than a 30 minute drive to Lake Bled.

Noel says, “If you want to stay for a nice getaway, there’s plenty of lodgings and Air BnBs located in Bled city and surrounding towns for you to escape and enjoy nature at its best here in Slovenia.”

Cagliari, Italy (Sardinia)

By Dan from Urban Abroad

Sardinia is a fantastic beach holiday destination to visit in Europe in October. Not only because of fewer crowds and lower prices offered during shoulder season but also for the pleasant sun and warm temperatures. Think beautiful beaches, quaint towns, and ancient history fused with the opportunity to explore Cagliari, the capital city of the island.

Cagliari is normally the launchpad for most travelers to the island and accordingly, you will find many things to do . For example, visit Bastione Saint Remy, a popular landmark which offers a large terrace for breathtaking views of the island and the Mediterranean sea. It was built between 1896 and 1902 with a neoclassical architectural style. Sunsets are spectacular here.

If you prefer to visit an indoor attraction, head to Museo Archeologico Nazionale di Cagliari which showcases unique artifacts thousands of years old.

You can expect to find sun and warmth throughout the month of October. Temperatures range from a min of 59°F at night (13.7°C) to a max of 74°F during the day (23.1°C) Also, it is warm enough to swim in the ocean.There is extra wind during the autumn months so you can enjoy some of the more adventurous water sports during this time of year.

You can fly into Cagliari Airport from mainland Italy or other European countries. The best way to arrive to the city center from the airport is by train, which takes less than 10 minutes.

Dan says, “Be sure to visit the La Marina district, a vibrant neighborhood that is perfect for people who are fond of history and culture. For lodgings in the same area, consider Hotel Regina Margherita, one of Cagliari’s finest hotels. It is a luxurious retreat located 350 yards from the center of Cagliari and features modern and spacious rooms.”

Porto, Portugal

By Kimberley from Stuffed Suitcas e

For the northern region of Portugal, October is the culmination of the wine harvest season. Wineries all throughout the Douro Valley will be wrapping up their harvest, and the wine grape leaves will start changing from summer greens to golden fall colors. It is one of the reasons why October is the best time to visit Porto and the Douro Valley on a European vacation.

Most visitors can reach Porto easily, and touring the city offers you a chance to see classic Celtic Portuguese architecture. You can wander narrow alleyways while admiring historic royal palaces and beautiful Portuguese tile work. Wine drinkers will want to take a day trip to the Douro Valley, an UNESCO World Heritage Site, for wine tastings. Enjoy wine tastings in addition to the classic Port wine tastings for which the area is famous.

The weather in October in Porto and the Douro Valley is lovely and mild. The rainy season won’t have started quite yet. You’ll have daily highs around 70 degrees Fahrenheit and lows around 55 degrees.

When  planning a trip to Portugal , international travelers can easily find flights to Porto as it’s the second largest city in the country. You can rent a car and do a road trip to Douro Valley, but be mindful that many of the roads are narrow and driving in Portuguese cities is not for the faint of heart. You can easily tour Porto without a car. Perhaps, hire a private tour guide for a day trip or transfer for your visit to the Douro Valley.

Kimberley says, “Staying in Porto offers plenty of accommodation options in the heart of the city. However, if you’re looking for a luxury stay just outside of the main city. Vila Foz offers an upscale stay with amazing meals and views of the Atlantic.

Within Douro Valley you can splurge and stay at the 5* Six Senses Douro Valley Hotel & Spa. Alternatively, you can stay in the main town of Pinhão at the historic luxury Vintage House Hotel.”

Manosque, France

By Patricia from Ze Wandering Frogs

Provence is famous for its lavender fields, but the French region has more to offer than just the beautiful violet flowers. In the Luberon area, charming villages are everywhere, and the city of Manosque is one of the must-see places. The old town traces its history back millennia, where old houses high in colors line the narrow streets.

Enter the city by stepping under one of the 13th-14th century high tower gates, Porte du Soubeyran or Porte de la Saunerie. Then, visit the12th-century Saint-Sauveur Church featuring Romanesque and Gothic style. Admire the Black Madonna” inside the Notre-Dame-de-Romigier. Then, stop at one of the numerous cafés to take in the quaint atmosphere. Don’t forget to taste savory Provence cuisine. No wonder Manosque is a favorite stop on any  Luberon itinerary ! Manosque is also a great starting point to explore nearby small town of Valensole. Better known for its lavender fields in the summer, the small village is worth visiting in its own right, thanks to its cute plaza, water fountain, and authentic French village life. If you are looking to experience the great outdoors, head to Lake Sainte-Croix, about one hour away from Manosque. There, you can go for a drive along the Verdon Gorge or go for a challenging hike along the river.

While there won’t be any lavender, October is still a great time to visit, with mostly sunny days and temperatures averaging from upper 40°F in the morning to mid-60°F in the afternoon. Moreover, there will be none of the usual summer crowds, making the visit a more enjoyable experience.

Manosque is one hour away by road from Aix-en-Provence and Marseille, or from Cannes and Nice about two and half hours away. If you are flying internationally, Nice and Marseille might be the better options.

Patricia says, Those interested in spending the night around Manosque can check the famous Hôtel Le Pré Saint Michel, known for its lovely settings.”

If you have the opportunity to travel to Europe in October, then grab it! There is something for everyone. Whether you love to explore historic sites in major European cities, or prefer a quieter laid back vacation on beaches or in the mountains, October is a great time to visit. Not only will you get beautiful weather but you will not be fighting the crowds so you can enjoy your pleasures.

Similar Posts

Lake Skadar, Montenegro: The Perfect Day Trip (2024)

Last Updated on March 13, 2024 by Nicole Montenegro is a tiny European country found in central Europe. It is…

London Attractions With Teens: Scavenger Hunt Anyone?

Last Updated on March 13, 2024 by Nicole We recently returned from a few days in London with our three…

28 Best US Destinations To Escape Extreme Summer Heat (2024)

Last Updated on March 13, 2024 by Nicole For most of us, we long for warm summer weather, especially if…

22 Best Honeymoon Destinations In November In USA (2024)

Last Updated on March 13, 2024 by Nicole Taking your honeymoon in the United States in November can be the…

28 Best Cheap Summer Destinations In Europe (2024)

Last Updated on March 13, 2024 by Nicole Europe offers budget travelers a lot of choices when it comes to…

25 Best Places To Visit In USA In January (2024)

Last Updated on April 19, 2024 by Nicole January is a great time to get away in the United States….

Privacy Overview

DOWNLOAD THE ITINERARY

• Email Address *

12 Best Places to Visit in October: Top European Cities in Autumn

Planning a trip to Europe in October and looking for some beautiful fall destinations to visit? You’re in luck, as I’ve put together this list of the best places to visit in Europe in October!

With the peak summer season behind you and the winter months not yet upon you, the autumn leaves falling and the crowds thinning, Europe in October is your playground. From the hills of the Scottish Highlands to the canals of Amsterdam to the flea markets of Krakow, October is an ideal month to visit Europe. 

I’ve compiled the ultimate list of the 12 best cities to visit in Europe in October, from the insider in the know. I’ve also included both a hotel and apartment-style accommodation recommendation for each city. Let’s dive in!

12 Best Places To Visit in Europe in October

1) Amsterdam, The Netherlands 

I would recommend visiting Amsterdam any time of year, but there’s just something about the city that makes it one of the best places in Europe to visit in October. Whether it’s the stunning fall foliage falling alongside the canal or the relaxed lure of the city that sees it truly shine is entirely up to you to decide.

With temperatures between 58°F (14°C) and 45°F (7°C), the city isn’t yet bitterly cold and still serves as a comfortable destination to walk or cycle around – like the locals do! There’s no shortage of things to do in Amsterdam. It’s packed with historic museums, like the Anne Frank House, Rijksmuseum, Van Gogh Museum, popular tourist destinations like the Heineken Experience, people watching amidst the fall leaves in Vondelpark and, of course, there’s the famous “coffee shops” to unwind in after a long day of exploring.

The Best Things To Do in Amsterdam in October 

I’ve written an itinerary for 2 Days in Amsterdam , so be sure to check that out for all my top recommendations for fun things to do while exploring this charming city.

Amsterdam Dance Event | ADE

https://www.amsterdam-dance-event.nl/en/

I had to include this epic Amsterdam music conference in my list. ADE is organized by the Amsterdam Dance Event Foundation and is the largest gathering in Europe for people in the electronic music industry. That means a lot of parties, events and fun awaits. If you’re a huge fan of Techno/ EDM, you have to be at ADE!

It’s one of the best music festivals in the Netherlands , and the entire city turns into a massive event.

Photo by Fotograafniels.nl | Niels de Vries

Enjoy an Amsterdam Canal Cruise 

What’s a visit to Amsterdam without time spent cruising the canals of the Dutch capital? Amsterdam is a maze of pretty tree-lined canals, and in October, they look at their most beautiful.

The best way to learn about the city while seeing it for yourself is on the water, and there’s always an Amsterdam canal cruise to book a spot on – often accompanied by drinks! 

Celebrate Halloween in Amsterdam 

The answer to “where to go in Europe in October” should always have Halloween in mind. Many cities in Europe embraced Halloween, traditionally an American holiday, and Amsterdam is one of the most exciting ones! If you happen to find yourself in Amsterdam on Halloween , there’s a range of events to get your jump scares at, like the Amsterdam Halloween Festival, Halloween Ball, and Halloween-themed cruises!

Where to stay in Amsterdam in October

City hotel amsterdam .

https://www.booking.com/hotel/nl/cityhotelams.en-gb.html

I would definitely recommend staying close to the Amsterdam city center to get the best out of your October trip, and City Hotel Amsterdam is right in the heart of the city, near the famous Central Station. The rooms are spacious and well-equipped, and there’s a hotel bar as well.

Price: $197+ USD per night

Guest review: “Location was excellent, being an easy walk to and from Amsterdam Centraal. I didn’t bother with a tourist travel ticket (though I would have saved on museums) and it was easy to walk to the Rijksmuseum and, indeed, everywhere I wanted to go. Breakfast was very good, too.”

Credit: City Hotel Amsterdam

Krasnapolsky Apartments

https://www.booking.com/hotel/nl/krasnapolskyapartments.en-gb.html

If you’re looking to stay in apartment-style lodgings in Amsterdam, look no further than the Krasnapolsky Apartments. Offering a range of one-, two- and three-bedroom self-contained apartments, the apartments are located right in the city center and include many of the perks of a hotel stay, like on-site restaurants and bars and sights just a walk away.

Price: $316+ USD per night 

Guest review: “You couldn’t dream of a more central location. The apartment was very clean, spacious and had everything we needed. The staff was super helpful and made our stay much better – special thanks to Lana and Marlieke!”

Credit: Krasnapolsky Apartments

2) Florence, Italy 

Florence is a city I know well, and I can definitively say that it’s arguably the best place to visit in Europe in October. The crowds of summer are gone, and the capital of the region of Tuscany and its wine hotels are at your fingertips.

In October, days in Florence are still mild, with highs of 63°F (21°C) and nights not dipping below 48°F (9°C). This means walking around during the day or at night is comfortable.

There’s never a shortage of things to do in Florence. Visit world-class galleries like The Uffizi and the Accademia, marvel at The Duomo, walk across ancient bridges like the Ponte Vecchio, visit the palaces and gardens of the city, and dine out on the delicious food of Florentine.

Read my guides on a 2-Day Florence Itinerary & 5-Must Try Places To Eat in Florence for some travel inspiration!

What to do in Florence in October 

Day trip to a tuscan winery .

https://www.getyourguide.com/florence-l32/wine-tasting-winery-tours-tc104/

Florence is the capital of breathtaking Tuscany, and before it gets too cold, make sure to book a day trip to experience the local wineries and vineyards for yourself. Most tours include transport, lunch, and, of course, wine tasting in a premier location.

See Michelangelo’s “ David” 

https://www.getyourguide.com/florence-l32/michelangelo-david-skip-the-line-entry-ticket-with-host-t453159/

The Statue of David is arguably the most famous landmark in Florence, and ticking off seeing the big man for yourself should be first on your bucket list. David lives in the Accademia, which is right in the center of the city, and you’ll marvel at the skill that went into creating Michelangelo’s ancient marble man.

While visiting Florence in October is ideal for fewer crowds during the shoulder season, I’d still recommend booking a skip-the-line ticket, as it will absolutely save you time!

Wander through Boboli Gardens 

As autumn sets in and before Florence descends into winter, I’d highly recommend visiting the Boboli Gardens and seeing the beautiful fall foliage as it changes hues from green to red to brown. This Florence garden is located behind the Pitti Palace and is open daily.

Where to stay in Florence in October

Hotel della signoria.

https://www.booking.com/hotel/it/della-signoria.en-gb.html

Staying in the heart of Florence and enjoying views across its rooftops is a treat, and you can do all that at the Hotel della Signoria. Located right in the heart of the city near the Ponte Vecchio, the rooms are large, air-conditioned and fitted with all the mod cons. The best part of your stay will be the views from the rooftop terrace, where you’ll enjoy your included buffet breakfast each morning. 

Price: $311+ USD per night 

Guest review: “Excellent location, walking distance to everything. Breakfast was outstanding. Would definitely stay here again.”

Credit: Hotel della Signoria

Acacia Firenze – Dalia

https://www.booking.com/hotel/it/acacia-firenze-dalia.en-gb.html

Acacia Firenze (Dalia) offers apartment-style accommodation in Florence and is a popular place to stay in the city. Just a few minutes walk from all of the central attractions, the apartment features a bedroom, living area, kitchen and bathroom, and is clean and bright. 

Price: $150+ USD per night 

Guest review: “Clean, well-equipped and spacious apartment. Centrally located, walking distance to main train station and all the main tourist sights. It was great to have the full kitchen and washing machine to use. The bedroom was quiet (set back from the street) and there is good air conditioning. Nice place to stay!”

Credit: Acacia Firenze – Dalia

3) Santorini | Greek Island Hopping 

As the rest of Europe cools down from a busy and hot summer season and heads towards winter, many tourists flock to Greece for an endless summer. Undoubtedly, Santorini remains one of the best places to travel in Europe in October for sunshine.

The temperatures here, while cooler than the scorching summer months preceding it, hover between 59-75°F (15-25°C) in October, making it still warm enough to enjoy the sights, and not much rain falls.

Santorini is an exciting island that is renowned for its beauty, and there’s always something fun and fascinating to do here. Take in the famous white cliff face from a cruise, hike from Fira to Oia and visit the caldera, hire an ATV and zip around the island, enjoy fresh Greek Island meals, and sun yourself on the island’s famous black sand beaches with sea temperatures around 72°F.

What to do on the Greek Islands in October 

Take in the clifftop views from a sunset cruise.

https://www.getyourguide.com/santorini-l753/romantic-sunset-cruise-with-king-thiras-in-the-caldera-t209865/

Apart from the sunshine, the white cliffs of Santorini make the island one of the best places in Europe in October (or even year-round). You’ll have to go out on the water at sunset to truly see it in all its majesty. As the lights of the capital Fira come alive and the sun sets, you’ll be blown away from the comfort of a cruise.   

Discover the Ancient Past of the Island 

Santorini has a mythical lore associated with it, with many believing that it’s the location of the lost island of Atlantis.

On the island, there are many relics of Greece’s ancient past to see for yourself. Visit the archaeological site of Akrotiri to experience a fully excavated ancient settlement.

Hop Around the Greek Islands

Santorini is a brilliant base to start off an island-hopping trip around the Greek Islands. While the sheer number of Greek Islands is endless, Santorini is lucky enough to have a series of fantastic islands just a short ferry ride away.

Mykonos, Ios, Naxos, and Paros are all easily accessible from Santorini and are also one of the best places to travel in October in Greece with their own twist on Greek life.

Where to stay on Santorini

Alti santorini suites.

https://www.booking.com/hotel/gr/alti-suites.en-gb.html

Treat yourself to a stay at the Alti Santorini Suites and you won’t be sorry. This outstanding accommodation boasts the best views over the island’s famous caldera and across its white cliffs. Each of the generous suites has its own private plunge pool, terrace and sunbeds, and the service here is unparalleled. Some fantastic bars and restaurants are just a few minutes away. 

Price: $540+ USD per night 

Guest review: “This place probably have the best view on the island, we enjoyed our time greatly. Place was quiet, clean and warm. Another very positive aspect of this place is the staff. Most friendly and positive people I’ve met in the hotels/places to stay.”

Credit: Alti Santorini Suites

Gabbiano Traditional Cave Houses

https://www.booking.com/hotel/gr/gabbiano-apartments.en-gb.html

There’s no more of a true Santorini experience than staying in traditional cave accommodation, and Gabbiano Traditional Cave Houses offer the best experience possible. Set back into the volcanic cliffs of the island, the houses feature traditional, comfortable interiors and are fully self-contained. Located minutes from the village of Oia, this is something you want to tick off your Greek Island bucket list. 

Price: $382+ USD per night 

Guest review: “Amazing place with a stunning view from the private hot tub in a perfect location at Oia. Irini the host helped us a lot and it was a pleasure staying there.”

Credit: Gabbiano Traditional Cave Houses

4) Barcelona, Spain 

Barcelona is a city I’ve called home a number of times, and I’ll never not fall in love with it all over again each time I arrive. When it comes to the best places to visit in October, Europe will always point you to Barcelona for the warm weather. The Spanish city offers so much to any new or returning visitor.

Spain doesn’t get as cold as other parts of Europe as winter blows in, so October is still a fantastic time to visit. The city still reaches highs of 73-75°F (23-25°C) throughout the month, and nights remain mild.

Your itinerary while in Barcelona will be packed to the brim with activities – there’s just that much to see and do. Visit the architecture of Gaudi that makes the city famous, including the unfinished Sagrada Familia, La Pedrera, Casa Batlló, and Park Güell. Stroll through the Picasso Museum and the famous market, the Boqueria. Take in the sun on the city’s beaches or get amped up at a soccer match at Camp Nou.

Read my guides for 2 Days in Barcelona & Day Trips from Barcelona for more trip-planning inspiration!

What to do in Barcelona in October 

Visit the sagrada familia.

https://sagradafamilia.org/en/

Gaudi’s famous unfinished cathedral is the most visited attraction in Barcelona, and rightfully so. Thankfully, even though the government has dragged its feet on completing this gothic masterpiece, you can still visit this UNESCO World Heritage site yourself. After you tour the Sagrada Familia, take some time to sit in the park opposite and take it all in. You’ll never see a church like it.

Enjoy a Tipple and Tapas

https://www.getyourguide.com/barcelona-l45/barcelona-tipsy-tapas-food-crawl-t449545/

I hope you’re hungry because dining in Barcelona is an absolute delight. Here, you’ll enjoy the best Spanish tapas and the coolest bars in this part of Europe, and you can combine both on a tapas and drinks food crawl run by local experts who will show you Barcelona from an insider’s perspective.

Halloween in Barcelona

Spain is another European country that has embraced Halloween as a holiday as it precedes All Saints Day, one of the most celebrated cultural events in Spain. At Halloween, the city comes alive with holiday bar crawls, city ghost tours, horror events and more!

Experience Barcelona Oktoberfest 

https://www.oktoberfest-barcelona.es

https://www.facebook.com/OktoberfestBCN

Want to have the iconic German drinking experience without the expensive price tag of going to Munich?  For 11 days every October, Barcelona hosts their own version of Oktoberfest at the Plaza Universo de Fira Barcelona Montjuïc in Plaza España. While I’ve never been, many friends have gone and loved it!

Expect loads of German beer, lederhosen, and giant pretzels!

Where to Stay in Barcelona in October

Sallés hotel pere iv.

https://www.booking.com/hotel/es/pereiv.en-gb.html

Just a 10-minute walk from the beaches of Barcelona, Sallés Hotel Pere IV is one of the most highly-rated hotels in the city. The hotel offers spacious, contemporary rooms, a free hotel spa with a pool and sauna, and a daily buffet breakfast. You can reach most city attractions on food within 15 minutes.

Price: $143+ USD per night 

Guest review: “The hotel is fabulous, the rooms comfortable, beautiful and clean. The reception and the SPA staff were delightful. The SPA itself is really nice and relaxing. a wonderful hotel.”

Credit: Sallés Hotel Pere IV

Numa I Colmena Apartments

https://www.booking.com/hotel/es/numa-i-colmena-apartments.en-gb.html

Offering apartment lodgings in the heart of Barcelona, numa I Colmena Apartments are air-conditioned, modern and comfortable. If you choose, you can also include a curated breakfast to be served to you. Many of Gaudi’s most famous Barcelona buildings are just a few steps away.

Price: $250+ USD per night 

Guest review: “Location of the flat. Comfort and facilities. Ease of communication.”

Credit: Numa I Colmena Apartments

5) Edinburgh, Scotland   

This may be a surprise to some, but Edinburgh is one of the best places to go in Europe in October. Few cities are as atmospheric as Edinburgh is in autumn. Sure, the temperatures may plunge quicker in these parts than in other parts of mainland Europe, but the city becomes a magical fall wonderland.

Temperatures in October in Edinburgh don’t venture beyond 58°F (14°C) and don’t drop much at night. It’s already quite chilly up this way, so pack accordingly.

As the autumn colors change across the Scottish capital, there’s so much to do both indoors and outdoors. Warm up with a Scottish whiskey at one of the endless city bars, stroll along the Royal Mile to Edinburgh Castle, shop up a storm on Princes Street, or bar hop along the historic Grassmarket. 

Also, be sure to read my guides on Glamping in Scotland & Castle Hotels in Scotland for unique accommodation options for your trip!

What to do in Edinburgh in October  

Meet the ghosts of edinburgh.

https://www.getyourguide.com/edinburgh-l44/edinburgh-famous-underground-ghost-tour-t70363/

Edinburgh has a spooky history – so why not see it in the month of Halloween by getting up close and personal with some of the city’s deceased inhabitants? Edinburgh has a range of great ghost tours that tour the cemeteries and underground of the city. That’s right – there’s an entire city under the city with a whole horrific history of its own!

Day Trip to the Scottish Highlands

https://www.getyourguide.com/edinburgh-l44/edinburgh-loch-ness-glencoe-the-scottish-highlands-tour-t385687/

When you’re in Scotland, you absolutely have to make time to see some of the highlands of the country for yourself.

Many tour companies operate day trips to key sites like Glencoe and to hunt for the famous Loch Ness too! This is the “real Scotland”, and the landscape up this way is simply breathtaking.  

Experience the Samhuinn Fire Festival

https://beltane.org/about-samhuinn/

Being Scotland, there’s always a traditional festival to partake in, and October sees Edinburgh celebrate the Samhuinn Fire Festival. This twist on an ancient Celtic festival sees in the coming of winter, and the city parade is usually held on Halloween in Edinburgh, making it one of the top things to do in Europe in October.

Where to stay in Edinburgh 

Ibis styles edinburgh st andrew square.

https://www.booking.com/hotel/gb/ibis-edinburgh-centre-st-andrew-square.en-gb.html

ibis Styles Edinburgh St Andrew Square offers well-appointed just a two-minute walk from the shopping hotspot of Princes Street. Your stay includes a buffet breakfast, and the rooms are comfortable and modern. Reception is also manned 24/7, and there’s a hotel bar and restaurant.  

Price: $200+ USD per night 

Guest review: “The hotel is in an excellent location, walking distance to all of the main shops, restaurants and bars. It is really modern and clean, looks brand new. Staff were really friendly. The hotel was also really quiet, peaceful sleep and comfy beds.”

Credit: ibis Styles Edinburgh St Andrew Square

Cheval Old Town Chambers

https://www.booking.com/hotel/gb/the-chambers-edinburgh.en-gb.html

These fully self-contained apartments are located right by Edinburgh’s central train station, Waverley, and just five minutes from the castle. The luxury apartments have high-end interiors, bathrooms, and kitchens, and some even have a balcony. 

Price: $260+ USD per night 

Guest review: “The property was well appointed and had all the luxuries you could ask for when travelling. The staff were incredible and so attentive.”

6) Budapest, Hungary 

In recent years, more tourists to Europe have thankfully begun to realize just how special the Hungarian capital of Budapest is. Divided into Buda and Pest on either side of the Danube, the city has something for everyone that makes it one of the best places to go in October.

Daily temperatures in Budapest in October vary between 54–67°F (12-16°C), and the nights are chilly.

Despite the weather, the stunning city has so much to do in October and many ways to warm up. Soak in a traditional Hungarian thermal spa, explore Fisherman’s Bastion and Buda Castle, pick up a bargain at the traditional cloth markets of the city, or take a moment in the many historic churches and cathedrals.

Be sure to read my guides for 2 Days in Budapest & Budapest Festivals for more trip-planning inspiration!

What to do in Budapest in October 

Cruise the danube by night.

https://nightcruise.hu/

The city of Budapest is perched on the famous Danube River – Buda on one side and Pest on the other – and the absolute best way to experience it in all of its beauty is on a nighttime river cruise. At night, Budapest is simply gorgeous, and this experience provides the opportunity to see key sights across the city from the best vantage point.

Visit the Wildlife Surrounding Budapest

Autumn is a picturesque time of year in this part of Europe, just before the winter chill truly sets in. This is the perfect time to enjoy the wildlife that lives just on the outskirts of the incredible city and to witness the autumn leaves falling. The most highly-rated wildlife areas and hiking trails to visit in Budapest include Budakeszi Wildlife Park, Sas Hill Nature Reserve and Szechenyi Hill. You might even see some wild deer and have the chance to do some bird watching.

Indulge in a Traditional Thermal Bath

Hungary is famous for its thermal baths, and Budapest is thankfully full of them. When your feet are tired from exploring the city, head to one of the city’s thermal baths for a spa session unlike any other. Széchenyi Thermal Bath , Rudas Baths and Lukacs Baths are the city’s most popular.

Where to stay in Budapest  

Hotel rumor.

https://www.booking.com/hotel/hu/rumor.en-gb.html

Staying in the heart of Budapest makes exploring the city easy, and you can’t get more central than Hotel Rumor, located just 600m from the State Opera. The 4-star hotel is stylish and comfortable, with a range of room styles and sizes. 

Price: $120+ USD per night 

Guest review: “The hotel is in a good central location, which was ideal for our trip. The decor in the hotel and the rooms is lovely, the rooms were a good size and ideal for a short stay.”

Harmonia Palace

https://www.booking.com/hotel/hu/va-mha-z-apartment.en-gb.html

Harmonia Palace offers a range of apartment sizes, from twin to family-style lodgings. Nestled within historic buildings right in the heart of Budapest, the apartments are modern with luxury touches. Everything you could hope to see or experience in Budapest is at your fingertips. 

Guest review: “Apartment has everything a home needs to have. Very neat and clean. Very good location.  I would strongly recommend this place I would stay again during my next visit.”

Credit: Harmonia Palace

7) Berlin, Germany  

Berlin is a cosmopolitan city that visitors can’t help but fall in love with. Its perfect blend of history and modernity hits all of those travel high notes, and the German capital offers something special for every kind of traveler.

October sees the last of the mild weather in Berlin for the year, and temperatures rarely rise above 67°F (16°C) during the day and plunge to half that at night.

If you love history, Berlin is an epicenter of spectacular scenery. Visit Brandenburg Gate and the Reichstag Building, as well as the many other war memorials across the city. In October, the parks and gardens of the city are a joy to wander through, and there are so many galleries and museums to explore. Berlin is renowned for its epic nightlife, so bar and club hopping here is always fun any time of year!

What to do in Berlin in October 

Enjoy the festival of lights .

https://festival-of-lights.de/en/

The Berlin Festival of Lights is typically held between late September and early October. It’s a free event that sees the landmarks of the city lit up with outstanding light shows. Sights like the Brandenburg Gate are transformed by light installations that shine a new light on this amazing city.

Credit: Festival of Lights

Explore the Stunning Autumn Foliage at a Nearby Forest

Just half an hour from the bustling city of Berlin is Grunewald Forest , a sprawling natural landscape that, in October, sees the green leaves of summer rapidly changing into autumnal hues. If you’re looking for an escape from the noise of the capital, Grunewald is a slice of serenity just a hop, skip and jump away.

Drink up at Oktoberfest Berlin

https://www.berlin.de/en/events/oktoberfest/

The big Oktoberfest in neighboring Munich may be over by October, but the Berlin Oktoberfest is usually still pumping in the early days of October each year. This fortnight-long festival is attended by 200,000 visitors per year, with large events held at Spandau Citadel and other city venues. Expect lots of traditional German dress, Bavarian music, and, of course – German beer!

Where to stay in Berlin 

Steigenberger hotel am kanzleramt.

https://www.booking.com/hotel/de/steigenberger-am-kanzleramt.en-gb.html

Steigenberger Hotel Am Kanzleramt is an ultra-modern, super-central hotel located just 800m from the Brandenburg Gate. The air-conditioned rooms are generous, and the hotel has a bar and restaurant. The train station right next door makes getting around Berlin a breeze. 

Price: $165+ USD per night 

Guest review: “Great location, loved the large, clean, comfortable room. Bathroom was great – strong shower, great bath tub and very clean. The breakfast exceeded my expectations.”

Credit: Steigenberger Hotel Am Kanzleramt

Luxury Apartment Berlin Mitte

https://www.booking.com/hotel/de/luxury-apartment-berlin-mitte-berlin1.en-gb.html

If you’re traveling with a family or group to Berlin, look no further than a stay at Luxury Apartment Berlin Mitte. Located in the center of the capital, the apartment boasts two bedrooms, living quarters, a large kitchen, and three bathrooms. Arrangements can be made to sleep up to five guests. Many of the city’s attractions are a stone’s throw away.

Price: $440+ USD per night  

Guest review: “The apartment is amazing with everything you might need and beyond. located next to the centre and walking distance to main attractions, it’s a perfect choice for a family, or a couple. also should work for a small group of friends. staying in this awesome stylish place made our stay in Berlin very special.”

8) Dublin, Ireland  

Everyone loves Dublin, and it’s difficult not to fall in love with the Irish capital and its friendly locals. A fall trip to Dublin is always a fun and exciting time, and the onset of winter doesn’t dampen the spirits of locals and tourists alike.

High temperatures in Dublin in October hover between 54°F and 59°F (12-15°C) and are usually half that at night.

But as the Irish chill sets in, the good news is that you’re in the best place to warm up with pints of Guinness and Irish whiskey at its source. Tour the Guinness Storehouse and historic city buildings like Dublin Castle and Trinity College. Enjoy the changing autumn leaves in the many city parks. You can even day trip to other Irish destinations like the Cliffs of Moher which make this one of the best European countries to visit in October. The options are endless!

Also, be sure to read my guides for Glamping in Ireland & Castle Hotels in Ireland for some unique accommodation options for your trip!

What to do in Dublin in October 

Tour the guinness storehouse  .

https://www.getyourguide.com/dublin-l31/guinness-storehouse-self-guided-tour-with-free-pint-t45105/

What trip to Dublin would be complete without a pilgrimage to the Guinness Storehouse? Dublin’s most popular tourist attraction, at the home of the famous drink, you’ll see where it’s made, how it’s made and even sample some straight from the source!  

Discover Ireland Music Week 

https://www.irelandmusicweek.com

The Irish love their music, and Ireland Music Week is the largest annual music conference in the country and is held annually in the early days of October. With a focus on emerging musicians and bands, this is a great opportunity to see the next big Irish superstar before they make it big! 

Get horrified at the Bram Stoker Festival

https://www.bramstokerfestival.com

Dublin is proud to be the birthplace of the most famous horror writer in history, Bram Stoker, so it feels fitting that the month of Halloween is when they pay homage to the author of Dracula .

The Bram Stoker Festival is held in the later days of October, and features fun and spooky events and performances across the city. 

Where to stay in Dublin   

Temple bar inn.

https://www.booking.com/hotel/ie/temple-bar-inn.en-gb.html

Just a 2-3 minutes walk from Trinity College, Dublin Castle and Dublin’s most iconic streets, Temple Bar Inn is the place to stay in Dublin. The modern hotel offers a range of room styles, all with private bathrooms. The hotel has a shared terrace and lounge, plus an on-site restaurant. 

Guest review: “Amazing location, great service, comfortable room with good amenities.”

Credit: Temple Bar Inn

Staycity Aparthotels Dublin Castle

https://www.booking.com/hotel/ie/staycity-aparthotels-chancery-lane-dublin.en-gb.html

With an outstanding overall guest rating, the stylish apartments at Staycity Aparthotels Dublin Castle are the perfect place to rest your head at night. The spacious and modern apparent are entirely self-contained with fully equipped kitchens, the building has a 24-hour cafe bar, and the site is located right near top attractions like Temple Bar.  

Price: $300+ USD per night

Guest review: “The energy of the place, the friendly and helpful staff, the facilities. The entrance and bar area are lovely and really inviting. The cleanness and comfort of the rooms. The quietness of the room. Perfect quality sleep.”

Credit: Staycity Aparthotels Dublin Castle

9) Krakow, Poland  

As someone who has visited Krakow in October, I can absolutely tell you that it’s an incredible and underrated option for a weekend getaway! ” Krakow is a special destination with so much to offer, and you’ll see it at its best during the intersection between summer and winter.

Krakow is already pretty frosty by October, with average highs of 56.5°F (13.6°C) and lows of 40.6°F (4.8°C). By winter, temperatures plunge below freezing, so October is the last opportunity for months to enjoy at least a small amount of sun.

Krakow is brimming with attractions that tourists have just begun to discover in recent decades. Of course, there’s Auschwitz, the largest site in Holocaust history in Europe and something many visitors make the pilgrimage to visit and pay their respects at. You can also visit the Oskar Schindler Museum, Krakow’s historic salt mines, plus many museums and galleries. In addition, the open-air markets of Krakow always have a bargain to be found. But simply strolling around Krakow and taking in its beautiful architecture is an activity in itself.

What to do in Krakow in October 

Tour auschwitz .

https://www.getyourguide.com/krakow-l40/from-krakow-full-day-auschwitz-birkenau-guided-tour-t78097/

Providing a sobering experience every visitor to Krakow should have, the concentration camp complex Auschwitz is notorious for its dark Holocaust history and still remains an important reminder to never forget.

You can tour Auschwitz daily, and small group tours that depart Krakow for the half-hour journey to the camp are intimate and profound, especially with fewer tourists on the cards.

Discover the City’s Open-Air Markets 

Krakow is a historic city, and many of its oldest markets still remain and are a joy to browse through. Highlights include the flea market Plac Nowy in the Jewish Kazimierz district, the city’s sprawling Nowy Kleparz farmers market, Plac Imbramowski in the Old Town and the souvenir-heavy Sukiennice in Krakow Market Square.

Explore the Wieliczka Salt Mine 

Just a short journey from Krakow, the Wieliczka Salt Mine dates back to the 13th century and was in operation until recent decades! This historic attraction offers tours of its amazing underground chapels, lake and passages and is a unique tourist experience! 

Book a salt mines Krakow tour and descend 135 meters underground to visit a hidden treasure listed on the UNESCO World Heritage List!

Where to stay in Krakow 

Liebeskind boutique hotel.

https://www.booking.com/hotel/pl/aliebeskind-boutique.en-gb.html

Located just two minutes from the Old Town attractions, Liebeskind Boutique Hotel offers comfortable and clean rooms in a super central Krakow location. Stays include a buffet breakfast, access to a shared lounge and a 24-hour reception.  

Price: $100+ USD per night 

Guest review: “Ideal setting close to the main square , staff are absolutely lovely and helpful , nice . modern clean room and bathroom.”

Credit: Liebeskind Boutique Hotel Krakow

Leo Apartments Old Town

https://www.booking.com/hotel/pl/leo-aparthotel-old-town.en-gb.html

Providing apartment-style stays in the heart of Krakow’s Old Town, Leo Apartments are contemporary, comfortable and air-conditioned. A number of the available apartments have a balcony with kitchenette facilities. The city’s Central Railway Station is right nearby, making this the perfect choice of accommodation for weary travellers. 

Guest review: “Amazing stay, second time here and when I visit Krakow again I will be coming back. It’s great!”

Credit: Leo Apartments Old Town Krakow

10) Manchester, England  

Bold, unique and fun, Manchester is an underrated city with a lot of pride, and a visit here is never wasted. Visitors head here for an epic night out in the bustling bars and clubs that call the city home or for a gritty but real look at more authentic England.

The weather in Manchester in October averages 51.1°F (10.6°C) and doesn’t dip too much below that at night, and about half the month sees rain. Still, it remains in the running for the best European city to visit in October.

The city of Manchester is busy, and there’s always something to see or do. Manchester loves its soccer, so tour Old Trafford and the National Football Museum. Stay warm inside the Manchester Art Gallery and Manchester Museum (the city is packed with museums), and shop up a storm at the Trafford Centre and other city shopping complexes. Explore the many canals of the city, and of course, finish the day with a pint (or five) at the coolest city bars.

Photo by Will McCue

What to do in Manchester in October 

Tour old trafford .

https://www.getyourguide.com/manchester-l1128/manchester-united-museum-and-stadium-tour-t169225/

Mad for football? No visit to Manchester is complete without a tour of Old Trafford, the home of Manchester United. This highly-rated tour will take you behind the scenes of the world-famous stadium, and you may even be able to stand on its iconic pitch.   

Have a massive night out

Manchester is renowned for its plethora of pubs and clubs, so a city break would never be complete with partying somewhere. The city is packed to the brim with amazing clubs, and its nightlife is unsurpassed. Highlights include Revolution, FAC251, Club Liv and the Mint Lounge.

Carve Halloween pumpkins

The UK really gets into Halloween these days, and pumpkin carving is a popular October activity. There’s a large range of pumpkin patches right near the city where you can pick up the best pumpkins to carve into spooky and macabre creations.

Many of these pumpkin patches also have their own festivals and events to see in the season. The best local patches to head to include Cockfields Farm, The Dunham Pumpkin Patch, Lancaster Park, and Animal Farm. 

Where to stay in Manchester 

Hotel indigo manchester – victoria station, an ihg hotel.

https://www.booking.com/hotel/gb/indigo-manchester-victoria-station.en-gb.html

Stylish, highly rated and located right in the heart of Manchester, Hotel Indigo is a dream hotel that is stylish, clean and spacious. Rooms are modern and equipped with minimal kitchenette facilities. Fill up on their full English breakfast each morning, and unwind after a long day in their lounge. There’s also a gym. The hotel is less than 100m from Manchester Arena, and right next to Victoria Station. 

Price: $280+ USD per night 

Guest review: “The whole ambiance and feel in and around the hotel is just fantastic. The staff are so helpful.”

Credit: Hotel Indigo Manchester – Victoria Station, an IHG Hotel

Corporation Street Apartment

https://www.booking.com/hotel/gb/corporation-street-apartment.en-gb.html

If you’re heading to Manchester for a big weekend, don’t look past this fantastic two-bedroom apartment right in the heart of the city. With space to sleep up to six, the apartment is modern, clean and well-appointed. Manchester Arena is right nearby, and the bars and clubs of Deansgate are just 1km away.  

Price: $175+ USD per night 

Guest review: “The property is clean and comfy and has everything you need even a dishwasher. The beds and pillows were super comfy. The rooms are nice and spacious.The man who owns it was very polite and helpful on our arrival definitely recommend and we will definitely be staying here again.”

11) Lisbon, Portugal  

More and more tourists are discovering the unique beauty of Lisbon, Portugal’s capital, which was, before now, one of Europe’s best-kept secrets. And with the summer crowds now dispersed, it takes shape as arguably the best place in Europe to visit in October.

The October temperatures in this Mediterranean gem of a city are still mild, with highs hovering between 76°F to 68°F on average (20-25°C).

This gorgeous city pulls out all the stops to ensure visitors leave with the best memories possible. While here, dine out on traditional Portuguese food and wander through the city’s many open-air markets. Discover the many art galleries and museums, ride the city’s iconic trams and simply immerse yourself in the joy of this colorful destination.

What to do in Lisbon in October 

Chow down on castanhas assadas.

While the temperature may be higher than in other parts of Europe, October still brings all of the best parts of autumn to Lisbon, and that includes castanhas assadas. From now onwards, vendors will pop up across the city selling these divine Portuguese roasted chestnuts, a popular street food in Lisbon.

Learn to Bake Portuguese tarts

https://www.getyourguide.com/lisbon-l42/lisbon-pastel-de-nata-baking-class-with-drinks-t407586/

Portugal is renowned for its pastries, and you shouldn’t pass up an opportunity to learn for yourself how to bake the best Portuguese tarts! This expert-led baking class will show you how to bake your own Portuguese pastries at home, and you’ll be able to sample your creations by the end of the class.

Visit Sintra

https://www.getyourguide.com/lisbon-l42/sintra-cabo-da-roca-and-cascais-tour-t72607/

Sintra is one of the most popular day trips from Lisbon, and while you’re in town, you shouldn’t pass up the opportunity to see this mediaeval UNESCO listed site for yourself.

A day tour to Sintra, a couple of hours from Lisbon, will take you to key sites including Pena Palace and Roca Cape, and provides a chance to stand on the stunning beaches of Azenhas do Mar.

Where to stay in Lisbon 

Alegria a lisbon boutique hotel.

https://www.booking.com/hotel/pt/residencial-alegria.en-gb.html

With a sunny exterior and old-world interiors, Alegria A Lisbon Boutique Hotel is a slice of magic in the center of the city. Newly renovated, the rooms are air-conditioned, high-end, and pretty, with luxurious touches like robes and slippers. Stays include a continental breakfast. There are lots of transport options right nearby, and the neighborhood is one of Lisbon’s best.

Price: $195+ USD per night 

Guest review: ““Absolutely superb old-world character and yet quite luxurious. Staff superb and extremely helpful.”

Credit: Alegria A Lisbon Boutique Hotel Lisbon

54 São Paulo – Exclusive Apartment Hotel

https://www.booking.com/hotel/pt/54-sao-paulo-exclusive-apartment.en-gb.html

A slice of luxury in the heart of Lisbon, 54 São Paulo – Exclusive Apartment Hotel promises the stay of a lifetime. The air-conditioned apartments are self-contained, breakfast is served a la carte, and there is a terrace, garden, and concierge service. Many of Lisbon’s best neighborhoods and most visited attractions are just a short journey away. 

Price: $232+ USD per night 

Guest review: “The suite was really comfortable, beautifully decorated, and well equipped. All the staff were welcoming, friendly and helpful.”

Credit: 54 São Paulo – Exclusive Apartment Hotel

12) Prague, The Czech Republic  

Everyone’s favorite European city (at least it seems like it!) also happens to be one of the best cities in Europe to visit in October. Actually, Prague shines year-round, but in October, there’s something extra special about it.

Daily highs don’t go beyond 59°F (15°C), but October is comfortable enough to get around the city before the onset of winter and the snowy season.

Where do I start with what to see in Prague? The city is bursting at the seams with attractions. In the Old Town, climb the Astronomical Clock Tower and watch its hourly show. People-watch in the Old Town Square while enjoying a traditional Czech meal. Shop up a storm on Wenceslas Square. Ride the city trams. Take a moment in the grand St. Vitus Cathedral. Walk across the Charles Bridge and up to Prague Castle. Sit on the Vltava riverside and take it all in. Prague is a dream come true.

Be sure to read my awesome guide for spending 2 Days in Prague for an in-depth look into this famous fairytale city!

What to do in Prague in October 

Drink Lots of Czech beer 

https://www.getyourguide.com/prague-l10/prague-czech-beer-tasting-private-tour-option-t26932/

Czech beer is famous across the world, and you can day trip from Prague to some of the most important locations in the Czech Republic for beer, like Pilsen, the birthplace of Pilsner. Czech beer is delicious, and it’s still cheap in the capital, so enjoy it to your heart’s content.

In October, you can visit the Nusle Beer Festival, and that’s just one of the many annual beer festivals held throughout the year. 

Celebrate Halloween in Prague

Prague has just begun to celebrate Halloween, like so many other European cities, and the grand architecture of the city makes for the perfect backdrop for some spooky events.  On Halloween, many of the city’s attractions and parks are lit up for the occasion, Prague Castle has a candle-lighting ritual on Halloween night, and many city bars and clubs have Halloween-themed events.

Take in an Autumn Sunset from the Charles Bridge

As someone who has stood on the Charles Bridge and taken in an October sunset, I can’t recommend this simple but profound experience enough. From this historic bridge, often crammed with tourists but less so in October, you can take in much of the city vista, down the Vltava and up to Prague Castle. You’ll take about a million photos. Promise!

Where to stay in Prague  

Mosaic house design hotel.

https://www.booking.com/hotel/cz/mosaic-house.en-gb.html

I have personally stayed at Mosaic House and can attest to how comfortable, stylish, and fun a stay here is. The rooms are so comfortable, clean, and modern. The hotel has a bar, great breakfast, and free bike rental, and the staff is simply the best. It’s in a brilliant central neighborhood, just a minute’s walk from the Old Town and the Charles Bridge.

Guest review: “Everything was beautifully decorated, the service was kind and welcoming. We had a fabulous experience and highly recommend the hotel. Appreciated the Prosecco and available bicycles !”

Credit: Mosaic House Design Hotel Prague

Unesco Prague Apartments

https://www.booking.com/hotel/cz/unesco-prague-apartments.en-gb.html

Offering superior value for money in clean and comfortable surrounds, Unesco Prague Apartments are centrally located and fully self-contained. A number of apartments offer a balcony or terrace. If you’re after space and a place to come home to that feels like home in Prague, this is it.

Price: $260+ USD per night    

Guest review: “Big and comfortable beds. Beautiful apartment with everything we needed. Excellent location. Friendly host and regularly communication to make sure things are fine. Will surely book again if we come back to visit Prague.”

Credit: Unesco Prague Apartments

Travel Insurance For Visiting Europe in October

I never travel anywhere without  booking a travel insurance policy , and I think this is super important for Europe! While it is a relatively safe continent to travel with ease, there is still a lot of petty theft and potential for disaster. 

You’ll want to be covered for lost luggage, flight delays, accidents while hiking or exploring, car rental issues, and so much more.

While you obviously want to hope you won’t need it, if something happens you’ll be so glad you’re fully covered to avoid any financial burdens that could ruin your October Europe trip!

I highly recommend  HeyMondo  due to their extensive range of cover for all situations and trip lengths, their fair pricing, and their handy app which allows you to not only manage any claims within the app, but also access free assistance online so you don’t need to rack up an expensive phone bill while in Indonesia where the charges are steep!

Have I Missed Any of the Best European Cities to Visit in October?

This list was extremely hard to narrow down, and I could keep going on and on as Europe is probably my favorite continent to explore and there will never be a city that can really claim to be the best place to go in Europe in October.

So I’d love to hear from you guys! Do you have any specific cities, festivals, or events in October that make Europe a MUST-visit during the fall? Let me know!

Planning a trip to Europe?

My travel blog has TONS of amazing Europe content that I would love for you to browse through to help you plan your upcoming trips! Take a read through some of my favorites below, and as always – be sure to reach out with any questions!

• The 13 Best Places to Visit in Europe in February
• The 12 Best Places To Visit in Europe in April
• The 50 Best Explore Quotes To Fuel Your Wanderlust
• Flashpacking Finland | My Northern Lights Bucket List Adventure
• 10 Days in Italy Itinerary | How to Plan the Perfect Italian Vacation
• The 20 Best Techno Festivals in Europe to Experience This Summer
• 30 Best Music Festivals in Europe
• 35 Best UK Music Festivals
• 2 Days in Madrid | How to Explore Madrid in 48 Hours 
• 2 Days in Copenhagen | The Best 48 Hours/ Weekend Guide to Copenhagen
• 2 Days in London Itinerary | How to Spend 48 Hours in London
• 4 Days in Paris Itinerary & Travel Guide

THANKS FOR READING ABOUT THE BEST PLACES TO VISIT IN OCTOBER IN EUROPE!

Share the europe love with your travel crew, leave a reply, leave a reply cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Photography Gear

Work With Me

Privacy Policy

Destinations

Music Festivals

Travel Itineraries

Inspiration

Travel Gifts

Southeast Asia

Change location

• UK / International
• Call toll-free from 9am EDT
• 617-223-4521 617-223-4390 or
• REQUEST A QUOTE

When is the best time to visit Europe?

• Month-by-month

The best time to visit Europe is from late March to early June (spring), or between September and November (fall). You’ll avoid the busy summer period and see your money go further.

Vibrant Easter celebrations across southern Europe create a particularly interesting time to visit, while a September or October trip will coincide with the grape harvest.

However, Europe makes a good year-round destination. Northern Europe is generally warm and dry between May and September, while farther south, temperatures can reach 97°F between July and August.

Winter in northern Europe is cool and wet, while the south is mild, making it a good time to explore the cities.

• Make an inquiry
• Request a brochure

Month-by-month guide for traveling in Europe

Visiting Europe in January

The mild Mediterranean winter is a good time to visit the cities of Southern Europe. You’re rewarded with quieter streets and museums, better value for money and availability, and less waiting in line to enter popular attractions. Although temperatures are cooler, and some regional attractions may have limited opening hours, the sense of seeing a city at a more relaxed time more than compensates.

Events & Festivals

• In Iceland, chances of seeing the northern lights are best between November and February, when the sun sets before 6pm and the nights are longest.
• The Icelandic Þorrablót winter festival is celebrated from mid-January to mid-February. Þorrablót is an old pagan festival originally celebrated by Iceland’s early settlers over 1,000 years ago. Revived in the 1800s, it brings local people together to eat, drink, dance and sing traditional songs.

Visiting Europe in February

In February, much of Southern Europe gears up for a pre-Lent party with carnivals in many cities, such as Nice and Venice. Temperatures are still cool, and some attractions may be closed or have reduced opening hours, but many make exceptions for carnival time when they open for special events during the large-scale local festivities.

• Europe’s largest carnival is held in Nice over two weeks in February, when the city erupts in a series of parades, dancing and flower battles.
• Expect elaborate masks and costumes, masquerade balls and full-on revelry at the Carnival of Venice held in the two weeks before Lent.

Visiting Europe in March

By March, temperatures are beginning to warm up in Southern Europe, though there may still be some rain. Depending on when Easter falls, you can find elaborate celebrations for Holy Week (the week before Easter) taking place. If you’re planning a trip to Ireland, 17th March sees parades and plenty of street parties for the national feast of Saint Patrick’s Day.

• Holy Week is a time for religious processions across Spain and, to a lesser extent, in Portugal and Italy.
• Saint Patrick’s Day on 17th March is the culmination of week-long celebrations in Dublin.

Visiting Europe in April

Spring blooms, warmer temperatures and generally blue skies arrive in Southern Europe in April, at a time when most hotels re-open and attractions switch to summer opening hours. Although Northern Europe is a little further behind, the weather is drier and warmer than earlier in the year, as the days become noticeably longer. You might also catch Holy Week celebrations across Southern Europe in the week before Easter.

• If Holy Week falls in April, you’ll see religious processions in many Spanish cities, as well as in Portugal, and Italy and Greece.
• The Istanbul Tulip Festival, running from April into May, pays homage to one of Turkey’s most cherished flowers.
• Seville’s annual fair in the two weeks after Easter, brings carnival rides and dancing to the Spanish city.

Visiting Europe in May

By May, Europe’s gardens are looking their best, bright blooms cascade from window boxes and the summer crowds are yet to arrive, in one of the best months to visit Europe. Southern Europe is pleasantly warm, making it a good time for exploring historic sites or cities, while Northern Europe, though cooler, has long days and generally settled weather.

• The Chelsea Flower Show, the Royal Horticultural Society’s biggest event of the year, takes place in London in late May.
• The Reykjavík Arts Festival takes place for three weeks each year in May or June. This is a major event in the capital that invites hundreds of artists from around the world to showcase their work.
• Kirkjubæjarklaustur Chamber Music Festival takes place in the summer (month varies) in southern Iceland, on a magnificent lava-field landscape.

Visiting Europe in June

Clear blue skies and rising temperatures see the beach towns of Southern Europe burst into action. It’s a good time to tour the Mediterranean, laze on a Greek island or explore major cities without the summer crowds. In Northern Europe, daylight stretches long into the evening, temperatures are pleasant and, ahead of schools breaking up, attractions are generally quieter.

Visiting Europe in July

Higher temperatures, long hours of sunshine and the school summer break signal July as the start of Europe’s busiest travel season, with larger numbers of visitors across Europe. The lavender fields in Provence are at their best, and beachgoers are rewarded with glorious sunshine. Many festivities and events take place, including concerts in historic buildings.

• On 14th July, Bastille Day, the French national holiday is celebrated across the country with military parades, fireworks and concerts.
• Open-air performances and concerts take place in Ravello on the Amalfi Coast, and in Sicily’s Greek theaters in Syracuse and Taormina.
• The Palio, a historic horse race between the city’s contrade (districts), takes place in Siena on 2nd July.

Visiting Europe in August

It’s holiday season in Europe, with many locals flocking to the beaches to escape the heat inland, particularly in the south. Much of France closes down for the month, and the Mediterranean beaches and cities can feel crowded. Northern Europe is quieter, and the fair weather and long days make it a good time to explore England, Scotland and Ireland.

• The Palio, a historic horse race between the city’s contrade (districts), takes place in Siena on 16th August.
• The Edinburgh Festival Fringe is the world's largest arts festival with comedy, dance and theater performances held over three weeks in August.
• Menningarnótt (Culture Night) is celebrated in Reykjavík in August. This is a major event, with roads closing for street performers and fireworks in the evening.
• Fiskidagurinn Mikli (Great Fish Day) takes place on the first or second Saturday of August in the fishing village of Dalvík, in north Iceland. This is a big social event, with outdoor seafood buffets, and free fish soup offered in locals’ homes.
• Síldarævintýri (Herring Adventure Music Festival) is hosted in the town of Siglufjörður, in north Iceland, over the early August public holiday. In the past, the festival has featured a broad range of Icelandic music, from folk singing to Sigur Rós.

Visiting Europe in September

As schools go back, temperatures decrease and the summer crowds dissipate, September proves a great time to visit Europe. The temperatures are still pleasant, the sea is at its warmest, and there are fewer people at major attractions and on the coast. It’s also harvest time, with food festivals and events celebrating the wine, cheese, truffles, oysters and olives of the region.

• The Regata Storica takes place in Venice on the first Sunday in September, with gondola races, gondoliers in traditional dress and waterborne pageantry.
• The grape harvest begins across Southern Europe toward the end of September, and some wineries invite visitors to see the process take place.

Visiting Europe in October

Cooler temperatures make October a good time to visit the cities and explore on foot. Seasonal foliage brings the countryside to life, and regional harvests and their associated festivals continue. While the south is pleasantly warm by day, nights are cooler. By the end of the month, Northern Europe is noticeably colder and wetter but can still see periods of warm, settled weather.

• Held on the first Saturday in October, Nuit Blanche (White Night) is an all-night arts festival in Paris, where museums and galleries stay open, and street performances and art installations liven up public squares.

Visiting Europe in November

November is one of the quietest months of the year to travel to Europe. Many hotels and attractions close, and cooler temperatures lead to far fewer visitors on the streets. It’s also a time when you can benefit from better value on flights and hotel reservations. Major museums, galleries and historic sites are quieter, and you can photograph Europe’s landmarks at their most tranquil.

Visiting Europe in December

Christmas dominates the European cultural calendar in December, as festive markets and lights brighten up the cities. Although rural areas are much quieter, the countryside under a dusting of frost or snow can look magical in the north. New Year’s celebrations are another good reason to visit, when you’ll experience street parties and fireworks in most major cities.

• In the 13 days before Christmas in Iceland, troll-like Jólasveinar (‘Yule lads’) are said to visit children one-by-one in the days leading up to Christmas. Formerly, they tried to play tricks on people, but now they leave children small gifts. You might see the Jólasveinar projected onto buildings in Reykjavík, and they visit some hotels to leave small tokens for guests.
• New Year’s Eve is the biggest party of the year in Iceland, when bonfires and fireworks are lit, and Icelanders gather to share the warmth and sing. Belief in elves (huldufólk) is widespread in the country and they’re said to be most active at New Year, so it’s common for Icelanders to reference them in songs at this time of year.
• New Year’s Eve celebrations (Hogmanay in Scotland) see London, Paris and Edinburgh lit up with fireworks and festivities.

Our recommendations for when to visit Europe

• Not recommended
• Winter season

Europe trip ideas and travel guides

Paris in depth

7 days from $6,095pp

Classic Italy tour: Rome, Venice, Florence & Tuscany

13 days from $13,085pp

How to avoid the crowds in Europe

Where you can enjoy the outdoors in Europe

12 Best Places to Visit in Europe in October for Stunning Fall Foliage

There are benefits to visiting Europe during each season: Those white sand beaches in summer, those snow-covered Christmas markets in winter. But we're particular fans of visiting the continent in the autumn. Why? Fewer tourists and lower prices—plus some of the most beautiful fall foliage in the entire world. Whether you're looking for a cozy weekend retreat, are desperate to breathe in some fresh mountain air, or just want to wander the streets of major cities without running into hundreds of other tourists, here are 12 of the best places to visit in Europe during the autumn months.

This gallery was originally published in October 2015. It has been updated with new information.

Edinburgh, Scotland

Colors, colors, colors— Edinburgh gives New England a run for its money when it comes to the leaves turning vivid shades of gold, russet, bronze, and crimson against a backdrop of evergreen Scots pine. After crawling through the city's many restaurants and sipping a glass (or three) of whisky, warm yourself up with a walk up to Arthur’s Seat and survey the splendid city below.

Get the shot: One of the best places to take in the autumnal beauty is the Royal Botanic Garden.

Loire Valley, France

France's Loire Valley, located a few hours south of Paris , might be one of the most idyllic spots in all of Europe—especially in the fall. The region's vineyards and forests display the full spectrum of autumn colors, which you can enjoy while sipping a glass of dry white wine.

Get the shot: If you can swing it, plan your visit around the Autumn Flower Fest at Château du Rivau (Oct. 26-27), where visitors can enjoy gardens filled with chrysanthemums, against the backdrop of one of the prettiest castles in the Valley.

Paris, France

Paris makes our list because there’s hardly a bad time to visit—it feels more authentic come September, though, as the locals are back from their own vacations. The city’s favorite pastime, people watching from pavement cafes, isn’t ruled out, either. The colder weather makes for the perfect excuse to swing by Angelina for a take-away cup of their famous hot chocolate.

Get the shot: Strolls around legendary parks (such as Jardin du Luxembourg ) are enhanced by the glorious foliage and crisp air.

Belgrade, Serbia

According to Traveler contributor Ashlea Halpern, this fall is the best time to plan an art-filled trip to Serbia's capital , namely because Marina Abramović (considered by many to be the greatest performance artist of the last century) has taken over Belgrade's Museum of Contemporary Art. While you're in town, don't forget to enjoy the weather in one of the city's many public parks and buy some roasted chestnuts from a street vendor.

Get the shot: Take a stroll around Kalemegdan Park and the Belgrade Fortress, overlooking both the Sava and Danube Rivers.

Tuscany, Italy

Tuscany's rolling hillsides and vineyards get a second life during the fall, when the landscapes transform from green to varying shades of ochre. Autumn, too, is the time for harvest festivals all around the region—don't miss the San Miniato Truffle Festival if you visit in the three weekends of November). Meanwhile in Florence , the crowds start to thin out in October when it gets a bit chilly. However, there’s so much to explore indoors—the museums , churches, shops—that the weather needn’t be a big factor at all provided you dress warmly.

Get the shot: Book a stay at Renaissance Tuscany Il Ciocco Resort & Spa , which overlooks the ever-changing colors of the mountainous Serchio Valley.

Budapest, Hungary

Autumn festivals abound in Budapest , from wine, art, horse-racing, and music events to quirkier options celebrating foie gras, sausages, and "chimney cakes" (a traditional Hungarian pastry). Fall is an ideal time for sightseeing, as summer here can be scorching, so make sure you take in the city's most famous sites, like City Park and Heroes' Square. Budapest’s dozens of thermal baths are extra fantastic when the weather is chilly, too.

Get the shot: The Castle Hill area (known as Várhegy) offers some of the most impressive views of the Danube—particularly from the terrace and seven towers of the Fisherman's Bastion.

Bruges, Belgium

Bruges is yet another city that comes into its own in the fall. This fairytale Medieval city of cobbled alleyways, church spires, and turrets seems even more romantic in the fading afternoon light. And Bruges is more than just a feast for the eyes—make sure to indulge in the town's signature handmade chocolates, which somehow taste even more delicious and comforting when the temperatures drop.

Get the shot: Pick a canal—any canal. The trees lining the city's waterways turn vivid shades of red, orange, and yellow and are reflected beautifully in the water.

Berlin, Germany

Berlin sports gorgeous autumnal foliage, and more than a few travel-worthy events. A highlight in October is the annual Festival of Lights (Oct. 11-20), when light and video projections are cast onto some of the city’s most famous landmarks, such as Brandenburg Gate and Berlin Cathedral. Another reason to visit post-summer? Typical German fare (think sausage, stews, and soups) is rich and hearty, perfect for warming the body and soul.

Get the shot: The parkland around Zoologischer Garten is perfect for foliage-spotting walks.

Barcelona, Spain

Barcelona is now so popular that some feel it has a theme-park vibe in the summer. Come fall, however, cooler temperatures revitalize the city, and cultural events and festivals begin (don't miss the city's epic Jazz Festival beginning in late October). There is a chance of rainy days and morning fogs coming in from the sea, but the queues at the iconic attractions—such as Sagrada Família —are finally manageable. Make sure you sample some panellets, the traditional marzipan pastries that are eaten only in the fall.

Get the shot: Aside from its colorful amusement park and neo-Gothic cathedral, Tibidabo (the highest peak of the Collserola Mountain Range) affords all-encompassing views of the city and surrounding forests.

Dubrovnik, Croatia

With temperatures in the 65-degree range, you will hardly need more than a jacket in the fall—and the sea is likely still warm enough for swimming. Dubrovnik is a cultural treasure trove, too, especially the Old Town with its baroque churches and aristocratic palaces. Bonus: This season also comes with classical music, film, and food festivals, including the Good Food Festival (Oct. 14-20) and Dubrovnik Film Festival (Oct. 15-20).

Get the shot: Take the cable car up Mount Srđ to get sweeping views of the Old Town, Adriatic Sea, and mountainside foliage. (You can even see straight into neighboring Bosnia and Herzegovina.)

Lisbon, Portugal

Lisbon ’s sunny and mild Mediterranean climate means you'll be greeted with near-perfect weather in the fall (average temps range from the mid-60s to 70s). There’s an increased chance of rain, but don’t let that deter you—in exchange, competitive hotel rates mean you can stay in one of the city’s charming historic hotels without breaking the bank. This is the season for roasted chestnuts, so grab a bag from a street vendor to snack on as you visit the sights.

Get the shot: Head to the tree-filled neighborhood of Principe Real for some colorful foliage, plus some of the city's best shops and restaurants .

The Bavarian Alps

An autumn trip to southern Germany is about so much more than Oktoberfest. We'd argue that fall is the best season to visit the Bavarian Alps, when the weather is perfectly cool and the mountains transform into a technicolor dreamscape. The season is prime for outdoor enthusiasts as well, with areas like Berchtesgaden and Lake Tegernsee lending themselves to some epic scenic hikes.

Get the shot: Situated in the heart of the Bavarian Alps, Schloss Elmau features six spas, five restaurants, and even a classical concert hall—plus some of the best views around.

Prague, Czech Republic

There’s a Czech term for an Indian summer ( babí léto ), which bodes well for the possibility of warm days stretching to November. The low angle of the sun bathes the city in a romantic golden light, and there’s also dazzling foliage in the public parks. Mushroom pickers congregate in Kunratice Forest, a short journey away from the city; and typical Czech fare—cabbage, pork, and potato, accompanied by beer—is definitely best-suited to colder weather.

Get the shot: Take a stroll along the tree-lined Vltava River, which runs through the center of town.

By signing up you agree to our User Agreement (including the class action waiver and arbitration provisions ), our Privacy Policy & Cookie Statement and to receive marketing and account-related emails from Traveller. You can unsubscribe at any time. This site is protected by reCAPTCHA and the Google Privacy Policy and Terms of Service apply.

Join our Adventure: Get all my insider tips for motorhoming & road trips

Europe in October- 21 incredible places to visit

Looking for the best places to visit in Europe in October? Wondering what Europe in October is like, where the weather is best or what there is to do in Europe in October? Here’s everything you need to know .

*We work hard to make this the best motorhome travel blog and road trip website possible, full of helpful content for you. The website is supported by our readers, so if you buy through links on this site we may earn a commission- at no extra cost to you. All opinions remain our own .

If you find this post useful, you can also treat us to a coffee – we promise to enjoy it while creating more useful content like this- we might even indulge in a biscuit (or two!)

JUMP AHEAD TO...

Why visit Europe in October?

October is one of my favourite times to explore Europe. The crowds have mostly gone, yet the weather is still pleasant in many places and the autumn colours of the leaves as they turn make even the most beautiful places even more breathtaking.

I’ve spent a lot of time touring Europe in my Motorhome and I often do my ‘big trips’ in September, October or November. When my daughter was younger, we’d often use October Half Term break to do some awesome adventures- and that hasn’t really stopped even though she’s now left school.

I’ve created a post about the best places to visit in Autumn in Europe (if you’re visiting Europe in September or November) but below are some of the best European destinations which I specifically love in October.

Planning a road trip? Grab our FREE printable road trip planner and get started

Europe in october weather.

Most places in Europe in October have pretty good weather. Of course, this can never be guaranteed, but even England and Norway are still great to travel to; there’s just enough daylight to make it worthwhile and the scenery is fantastic.

The further south in Europe you go, the better the weather and temperatures become. Spain is still around 20c, whereas Dubrovnik in Croatia , Istanbul in Turkey and Athens in Greece can be 25degreesC+!

What is there to do in Europe in October?

So many things.

Nearly every attraction in Europe is still open up until October half-term school break (around the middle of October). There are also plenty of festivals/ events on for harvest season, music, dance, arts and much more.

It’s also a great time to be outside. Often, you’ll enjoy bright, sunny days and there are plenty of hiking trails with beautiful fall foliage to marvel at as you walk.

Once you decide on a city or country to visit, have a look online at their tourist board for events taking place during that time. Of course, if you want to visit the autumn festival of Oktoberfest or any other German beer festival, you’ll need to book WAY in advance!

Ok, ready? Let’s discover some the best things to do and places to visit in Europe in October. If you’d like some help, here’s how we plan a road trip to Europe.

The UK- one of the best European countries to visit in October

The United Kingdom in October is magic. Fewer crowds, pleasant temperatures and easy access to all of the incredible places you’ve heard about. Heck, even London is pleasant at this time of year.

Where should you see in the UK in October?

So many places! We spent a wonderful week exploring these unmissable places in Cornwall in October, including the famous Tintagel Castle and Merlin’s Cave.

Other places in England we recommend in October include the Isle of Wight , the Cotswolds, the Lake District and the Northumberland Coast. You can see more details of all our favourite England Road trip ideas here.

We also loved visiting the Brecon Beacons and South Wales on our Wales Road Trip – we can’t wait to go back for more.

Lastly, Scotland is spectacular at this time of year. The changing autumn colours, the festivals in Edinburgh and the sheer beauty of the landscape- this should definitely be on your European bucket list. Here are some of the best scenic drives in Scotland to whet your appetite.

If you’d like help planning your Scotland trip, here’s our favourite 7-10 day Scotland road trip itinerary – with all the highlights you need to see.

What is the weather like in the UK in October?

The weather in most of the UK is pretty pleasant. Obviously, northern Scotland has more chance of cold than southern England, but you’re unlikely to find snow anywhere.

As always when you’re travelling to England, bring a waterproof jacket, thick socks, a hat, an umbrella, a swimsuit, shorts, sunglasses and suncream. Coz you just never know!

Dolomites- one of the best places to visit in October in Europe

We explored the Dolomites last October and it was AMAZING. Seriously, it’s impossible to explain to anyone who hasn’t been how incredible this area is- and the stunning autumn foliage colours are mesmerising.

Where are the best places to visit in October?

We visited the Dolomites in our motorhome and it’s the perfect way to explore the area, but if you’re travelling by car there are plenty of hotels and B & B’s available. We stayed in the Dolomites for 3 days- here’s our perfect 3-day Dolomites itinerary which you can totally steal. 🙂

We spent 2 nights camping in our van at the top of Tre Cime di Lavaredo – which was an experience. The view of the sunrise coming over the peaks was incredible but the coolest part was being totally swamped by the mist, before the clouds moved away.

You can also tie a trip to the Dolomites in with the Amalfi Coast, Tuscany, Florence or the Swiss Alps.

What’s the weather like in October?

It was very pleasant in the Dolomites in October. We wore jeans and t-shirts- so it wasn’t really hot but also wasn’t freezing. It was the perfect time for hiking and exploring the area on foot. If you want more cities, here are some of the best places to go campervanning in Italy and enjoy some culture.

READ MORE: The best Italy Road Trip ideas

Switzerland- Europe’s hidden gem in October

We love Switzerland. We’ve visited the country many times, at all times of the year but October is one of our favourites- again, because of the fewer crowds and the spectacular scenery.

Where are the best places in Switzerland to visit in October?

There are many places we could recommend, but a couple of the places we KNOW are amazing in October include the Rhine Falls – one of Europe’s largest waterfalls and also the Gelmerbahn Funicular and the Gelmersee Lake- one of the most spectacular places we have ever visited!

What is the weather like in Switzerland in October?

Up in the Alps, it can get chilly, even on sunny days, so if you visit Gelmersee be sure to wrap up warmly. At lower altitudes, temperatures are still mid-teens (c), so very pleasant.

Oktoberfest- one of the best things to do in Europe in October

Recommended by Masha Kleshcheva from Fingertip Travels

What is Oktoberfest?

Oktoberfest is the world’s largest beer festival! In my opinion, it’s an absolute must, once in a lifetime, bucket list worthy event!

It takes place in Munich, Germany, at the beginning of October, and lasts 16-18 days.

There are 14 large beer tents set up in a massive fairground, with smaller tents and carnival type events all around. Each tent has a slightly different culture and atmosphere, but they all include traditional Bavarian food, lots of music and singing, and of course many steins of beer!

RELATED: Bizarre Customs and traditions in Europe that you’ve never heard of!

What do you do at Oktoberfest?

When you first arrive in Munich, you need to get a traditional Bavarian outfit: lederhosen for men and dirndls for women. Everybody wears these, it’s not just a German or just a tourist thing, and it really heightens the celebratory vibes.

My advice for visiting Oktoberfest on a budget is to get there on a weekday in the early afternoon, and plant your butt at a free table in a beer tent. (If you want to reserve a table, do this at least 6 months in advance). Then stay at your table all day, eat traditional food, and make some friends.

In the evening is when the party really starts, and you find yourself right in the middle of it with a nice table! Don’t be shy to make friends, have lots of German beer, and sing lots of songs! I still think of Oktoberfest when I hear ‘Country Road,’ which is for some reason an Oktoberfest classic. Honestly, one day at Oktoberfest was enough for me: I couldn’t imagine going back the next day!

You can stay anywhere in Munich to attend Oktoberfest: public transportation takes you straight to the festival. Be sure to book lodging early, however: places book out six months to a year in advance!

You can also tie a trip to Oktoberfest in with a tour of the Bavarian Alps to experience the beautiful autumn colours, Amsterdam in the Netherlands, or Bruges in Belgium (if you’re coming from the UK those are almost on the way!)

Norway- possible the best European country to visit in October

Ever wanted to see the Aurora Borealis/ Northern Lights? We have been lucky enough to see them a few times as we’ve travelled Europe.

One of the best places to see the Northern Lights in Europe is Norway. This incredible country is still perfectly visitable in October and you have a great chance of seeing the lights in the evening (although, of course, nothing in nature is guaranteed!)

Where should you visit in Norway in October?

Anywhere. Everywhere. You can’t go wrong. Some of our favourite places include the awe-inspiring Trollstigen road, riding the Flamsbana railway , seeing  Sverd y fjell, the Swords in the Rock and walking behind the waterfall at Steinsdalsfossen

It is possible to travel Norway on a budget , but you do need to keep eating/ drinking out to a minimum.

What’s the weather like in Norway in October?

Starting to get chilly, but still with a possibility of sunny days. The further north you go, the cooler it will start to get- especially at night. You might even get some snow. This is another time to bring a wide range of clothing, including coats, sunglasses, shorts and sturdy walking boots!

Vienna- one of the best cities in Europe in October

Recommended by Carine & Derek | We did it our way

After spending 2 days in Vienna in October, we highly recommend travelling to this beautiful city during this time of year. It’s simply magical.

What are the highlights of Vienna in October?

The best things about visiting Vienna in the fall is that the crowds will not be around. Most of the famous tourist sights like the Schönbrunn Palace, the Gloriette, the Hofburg Palace, the Prater, and any museum you want to visit in the MuseumsQuartier will have shorter wait times and fewer people around, making it all the more enjoyable to visit and take in the sights.

Of course, if you can visit Vienna in November, the famous Viennese Christmas markets (some of the best and biggest Christmas Markets in Europe ) will be open from mid-November and you can enjoy the scent of gingerbread and roasted chestnuts as you explore.

This makes exploring the city during this time even more magical. Just be aware that a few of the attractions may close while they set up the markets.

What is the weather like in Vienna in October?

The weather cools down just enough to make it comfortable to walk around all day. If it gets too cool for your liking, you can always pop into a cute café and enjoy some sachertorte and a coffee to warm up!

You can also tie a trip in with Budapest in Hungary – it’s also wonderful at this time of year.

Strasbourg, France- perfect in October

Recommended by Erin | Love To Travel, Stay-Eat-Do

Strasbourg is located directly east of Paris and is on French side of the border with Germany, just minutes from the Rhine River.

What is there to do in Strasbourg in October?

The list of things to do in Strasbourg is endless. Wander through cute pedestrianised streets and meander along the canals through La Petite France.

Enjoy dining at the various bars, cafes and restaurants or get a coffee to go with a patisserie from a local boulangerie.

Visit the Cathedrale Notre Dame and marvel at the Astronomical Clock, climb the tower and enjoy the views of this picture-perfect French village. Visit the many museums or visit France’s biggest mosque.

While you are there, be sure to hire a motorhome or car and go on a tour of the Alsace Region. Stop in local villages and explore all they have to offer. Enjoy the cobbled stone streets in Euguisheim and visit the walled village in Riquewihr. Be sure to make time to also visit the 12th-century fortress of High Koenigsbourg as well.

Strasbourg and the Alsace region is known for their fabulous vineyards, for the wine of course, as well as their outlook and countryside. Take a walk through the vines and enjoy some of the local wines, with their speciality being white wines and a Riesling.

What is the weather like in Strasbourg France in October?

The weather is perfect for getting out and about on foot or by bike and Strasbourg and the Alsace region is the best place to do exactly this. It’s around mid-late teens (celsius) so perfect for exploring.

Where else is good in France in October?

There are many other places in France to visit in October. Here are 11 French road trip ideas you have to experience. You are need to see these top 10 cities in France and if you like history, here are 7 of the best historical places in France .

Prague- another great city to enjoy October in Europe

Recommended by Adriana | Czech the World

Prague is one of Europe’s most fascinating places and October is the perfect month to visit the city of a hundred spires. The architecture is wonderful and there’s plenty to enjoy.

Why visit Prague in October?

Prague is less crowded at this time and, as well as enjoying the beautiful Autumn colours, you can also enjoy the festival of lights – Signal Festival.

The Signal Festival is held annually in October and you can see the lighting installations in streets and public spaces across the city, including famous historical landmarks.

What are the highlights of Prague?

Be sure to visit Prague Castle, the largest historical Castle complex in Europe. There, you will also find the St. Vitus Cathedral, one of the most richly decorated cathedrals in central Europe.

Another symbol of Prague is the Charles Bridge – a historical stone bridge decorated with 30 Baroque statues. On the other side of the river, there is the Old Town, where you can see the famous Astronomical Clock at the Old Town Square.

Other popular sites are also the Jewish Quarter with Spanish Synagogue and Old Jewish cemetery, the dominant of the Old Town Square – the Church of our Lady before Týn (Týnský charm), Wenceslas Square, and National Museum.

How long should you spend in Prague?

If you are a fan of historical cities, plan at least 2-3 days. Prague is full of the romantic cobblestone streets with Gothic and Renaissance buildings where you can find lovely cafes or pubs with world-famous beer. Czech beer isn’t just great, it’s also very cheap (less than 2 Euros for half a litre of draft beer or less than 1 Euro for a beer in a supermarket).

Prague is not the only beautiful place worth visiting in October. Get some inspiration and check also other amazing places to visit in the Czech Republic .

Stuttgart, Germany- a European city with lots to do in October

Recommended by Diana | Travels in Poland

Oh, go on then. Let’s do another German beer festival. After all- it’s one of the highlights of Europe in October!

Did you know the world’s second-largest beer festival, and a much less crowded one, is in Stuttgart.

What is the Cannstatter Volksfest?

The Cannstatter Volksfest is a three-week festival which runs every September and October.  Situated alongside the Neckar River in Stuttgart, the Volksfest spreads out over dozens of hectares of land.

There are hundreds of vendors, including local, regional and national artisans, amusement park rides, food stands, both local and international, and dozens of beer tents.  Beer tent reservation is typically done online and reservations are usually done several weeks to several months in advance.

What is the Cannstatter Volksfest like?

The beer festival is family-friendly and typically sees families attending during the day when there is a more casual atmosphere.  The beer tents usually have German foods or snacks that go well with beer.  Some of these foods include potatoes, chicken, sauerkraut, and bratwurst.

As with other beer festivals in Germany, there is specific attire to wear.  Dirndls are traditional German dresses worn by women, while lederhosen is a man’s outfit.  These can be purchased at many German stores beforehand or in Stuttgart whilst visiting.

Fun fact: the festival has an official mascot called the Wasenhasi, a rabbit that you may see walking around the festival.

If you will be attending the festival, it is best to stay near the centre, as this will give you a true German experience and you can easily take the tram in.  A great place to stay at is the Le Meridien in Stuttgart or the more budget-friendly Hilton Garden Inn, which is also closer to the festival grounds.

Where is hot in Europe in October? Spain is!

Spain is one of the best places to visit in October in Europe as it’s still warm. Like, swim in the sea warm.

We love visiting Spain in October, especially with our motorhome so we can park near the beach. If you want some ideas, here are some fabulous places to visit in Mainland Spain for sunshine.

We recommend taking the time to explore some places inland as well as on the coast- the weather is nice in all areas and you’ll find many beautiful hidden gems up in the Spanish mountains.

Don’t forget to try some authentic Spanish cuisine- it’s one of the best foodie locations in Europe!

You can also enjoy a trip to Portugal in October- Lisbon and Porto are wonderful cities, the Douro Valley is wonderful at this time of year and the beaches are often still warm enough to sunbathe on.

Crete- a perfect place to visit in Europe in October

Crete is the largest Greek island and has plenty to offer. From stunning beaches, fascinating historical sites and excellent hiking routes, there is something for every taste and budget.

Why is Crete the perfect destination in Europe in October?

The temperatures drop from the unbearable heat of the summer to pleasant mid-20s degree Celsius and the sky is still blue. It’s also the end of the season in the Greek islands which means fewer crowds and cheaper room rates.

What is there to do on Crete?

Explore Crete’s most gorgeous beaches, such as Balos beach with perfect turquoise water and soft white sand contrasting with a volcanic, rusty and rocky backdrop. Other amazing  must-see beaches in Crete include Elafonisi and Falasarna beach.

If you’re more adventurous, there is Samaria Gorge to be conquered situated in the National Park. Hiking the gorge is a genuinely gratifying experience with some incredible scenery. At the end of the hike, there is a beautiful beach to reward your hard work.

For history fans, there are various archaeological sites to explore. The most famous one is Knossos, which is believed to be the oldest city in Europe dating from the Bronze Age and it was the political centre of the Minoan Civilization.

Don’t forget to indulge in mouth-watering Greek cuisine. Sample Pasticcio, Souvlaki, fresh feta cheese and Tzatziki and wash it down with the finest Greek wine. Head to Chania – a charming harbour city with many great restaurants overlooking old, Venetian port.

Athens, Greece- one of the best European cities in October

Recommended by Nina | Lemons and Luggage

When most people think of Greece they imagine a beach vacation on a gorgeous island. But Greece’s capital Athens is one of the best places in Europe to visit in October

Travelling to Athens in Autumn will help you find cheaper flights and accommodation. And because it’s the off-season, there will be fewer tourists in the ancient ruins. However, the weather will still be better than in many other European cities- mid 20s on average.

Some things are actually better at this time of year. For example, it’s less tiring to climb up the Acropolis when the temperatures are lower. The same goes for Lykavittos Hill, the highest point in Athens which is perfect for sunset watching.

What is there to do?

There are, of course, several ancient sites in Athens aside from the Acropolis, such as the Roman forum and Ancient Agora, the Kerameikos cemetery, or the Temple of Olympian Zeus.

At the Acropolis Museum, you’ll learn all about the history of the Acropolis and ancient Athens. And if you’re an archaeology buff you must visit the National Archaeological Museum which is home to some of the most significant Greek archaeological artifacts.

In Plaka and Anafiotika you will find colorful neoclassical buildings as well as white houses that give you a taste of the Greek islands.

Food is always a good idea, no matter the season! You’ve probably tried Greek food before, but it will be much more authentic in Greece. If you’re vegan or vegetarian there are also several  vegan restaurants in Athens to visit.

Lastly, the changing of the guards every hour is one of the main things to do in  Athens  that you really shouldn’t miss.

Frequently Asked Questions about Europe in October

What european countries are best in october.

This depends if you want sun, fun or Northern lights. I’d recommend Italy or Portugal for sun, Germany for fun and Norway or Iceland for the Northern Lights

Where in Europe is warmest in October?

Obviously, this changes year on year but your best bets for sunshine and warmth in October are Cyprus (26°C), southern Turkey and the Greek islands.

Is it better to travel to Europe in September or October?

Both are good. The later in the year you go, the more chance of rain and cooler weather, so if that’s important go in September. However, if you want to experience snow or the Northern Lights, go as late as possible (October or November.)

Is October a good time to travel to Europe?

Yep- it’s possibly the best time to travel to Europe!

So, have you decided where you’re going to visit in Europe in October? Whether you go this year or next, you’ll definitely have an incredible time.

How else can I help you today?

• Where are the best places or cities in Europe in Autumn? (September and November)
• Show me the best cities in Europe in Winter (for sun or snow!)
• I want to see the Northern Lights in Europe – where’s best?
• Where are the warmest places in Europe in February ?
• Where are the oldest and biggest Christmas Markets in Europe ?

Kat never planned to buy a motorhome. She also never planned to quit her job as an air traffic controller, go touring around Europe in said motorhome, start one of the UK’s largest motorhome travel websites… or get a cocker spaniel.

Find out how she went from stuck in the rat race to being a digital nomad and inspiring thousands of people to have their own epic adventures here.

If you’d like to connect with Kat, send her an email or follow her adventures on social media.

Sharing is caring!

Similar Posts

Driving the Vrsic Pass – Slovenia’s spectacular mountain road

Cirque De Gavarnie- 10 things you need to know (with map!)

Driving the Longest Road Tunnel in the world!

Visit Zugspitze- the highest mountain in Germany

Panoramic Mont Blanc Cable Car Ride, Chamonix

12 Unmissable European Road Trip ideas for every itinerary

This is a great read and thank you so much for sharing, we have just purchased our first motorhome and cant wait to start wild camping in the UK and Europe. P.S the Youtube videos are great and really helpful with motorhome camping info 🙂

Awesome! I hope you love it. Feel free to ask if you have any questions

Crete caught my attention right away. I have heard so much about the beaches there. I think Portugal and Spain both are warm enough to visit in October. But can you really do wild camping in winter?

Absolutely- winter is one of the best times to wild camp (with a van). With a tent you might be a bit more chilly- although with the right gear plenty of people do it.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

The 14 Best Places to Visit in Europe in October

• Facebook 26
• Pinterest 80

Lively festivals celebrating the season, fire-hued foliage lighting up the parks, and tranquil cobbled lanes free from the crowds of summer characterize the best places to visit in Europe in October. Popular destinations that are swamped during the peak seasons are much quieter and more affordable at this time of year, with lower temperatures perfect for sightseeing. 

Prefer to drive than get around on foot? October is an amazing time for a road trip in Europe. Not only will you be able to snag a great deal on a rental car, but you’ll have the chance to drive through natural blazing tunnels created by tree canopies bursting with autumn leaves. 

Whether you’re seeking a cozy weekend retreat, your lungs are calling out for some fresh mountain air, or you’re dreaming of wandering around Europe’s fairytale cities without bumping into hordes of people, October is an excellent time to travel. To help you plan the best fall European vacation ever, we’ve put together a list of the best places to go in Europe in October!

Disclaimer: This post may contain affiliate links. If you make a purchase or booking through one of our links we may earn a small commission (don’t worry, it’s at no extra cost to you).

The 14 Best Places to Travel in Europe in October

1. walk the trails of the lake district, uk.

When it comes to beautiful places in the UK, you can’t beat the Lake District in the fall. This UNESCO World Heritage Site is located in the northwest of the UK and is blanketed in vibrant purple heather, dazzling amber forests, and a plethora of seasonal produce you can pick straight from the source.

As soon as you set foot in this gorgeous region, you’ll easily understand how many 19th-century authors and poets fell head over heels in love with the picture-perfect landscapes. Here you’ll be spoiled for choice with charming villages brimming with boutique hotels. When you’ve settled in, head outdoors and get ready to surround yourself with beauty like never before.

The best way to get around the Lake District is by walking. Follow popular routes such as the woodland trails of Orrest Head, the Tarns Walk, or the West Shore Walk, and you’ll spot stunning sites like ancient Roman ruins, water-powered mills, impressive Tudor castles, and cute pubs where you can stop for lunch. 

Enjoy a Lake District Scenic Tour

2. Run the EDP Marathon in Lisbon, Portugal

Ready to put yourself to the test? Then Lisbon in Portugal is one of the best places to go in Europe in October. Each October, the city hosts a full marathon between Cascais and Praça do Comércio. 

The route follows the coast, rewarding you with spectacular views along the way. Temperatures are fairly mild in Lisbon at this time of year, with an average of 67°F. This should be warm enough so you can work up a healthy sweat without overheating.

If a full marathon is too much for you, Lisbon has another couple of cards up its sleeve. You can try the half marathon (that’s 13 miles instead of 26 miles) or the mini marathon, which is just 5 miles. If you have no intention of doing any exercise at all on your vacation (we don’t blame you!), there are plenty of other reasons to visit Lisbon.

Get lost in the city’s quaint alleys and gardens, relax on the banks of the Tagus River, or indulge in Lisbon’s thriving cafe scene with as many coffees and pastries as you can handle! 

3. See the Great Outdoors in the Costa Blanca in Spain

Southern Spain boasts some of the finest weather in Europe in October. With the intense heat of summer long gone, wonderfully warm temperatures with blue skies and delicate sunshine reign supreme. The Costa Blanca is one of the top places to visit in Europe in October if you want the best of both worlds.

Here, you can relax on golden sandy beaches and work on your tan, or head inland and discover all the hidden wonders this dazzling part of Spain has to offer. The Serra Gelada Natural Park is a fantastic place for hiking, with endless coastal trails to choose from.

The Algar Waterfalls on the outskirts of Callosa d’En Sarria is another place you won’t want to miss. Here, you can cool off after you walk around the area with a refreshing dip in one of the many pools. 

Guadalest is a gorgeous village you’ve absolutely got to check out while in the Costa Blanca, too. Overlooked by the Castillo de San Jose, this charming place looks out to sea and appears as though it’s teetering on the edge of narrow pinnacles.

4. Attend the International Alba White Truffle Fair in Piedmont, Italy

Piedmont is one of the best places to visit in Europe in October for foodies. Not only are the chestnut groves and pumpkin crops ready for harvest at this time of year, but the White Truffle Fair also takes place during this month. Hidden away from the rest of the world by the towering Alps, Piedmont is mostly a quiet, sleepy place – until this epicurean festival launches and the region bursts into life. 

Celebrating the precious ingredient often nicknamed “white gold,” the International Alba White Truffle Fair features a program jam-packed with events. There’s an exhibition area where you can buy the finest truffles collected from the surrounding woods and various cooking shows that show you how to make the most of the luxury ingredient. The program even includes things like music concerts, historical reenactments, and wine tastings. 

October is also the best time of year to sip Barolo and Barbaresco wines. Enjoy a glass with a bowl of glazed chestnuts to discover what heaven really feels like.

5. Enjoy an Extended Summer in Sicily, Italy

Sicily is one place in Europe that never wants to let go of summer. Although temperatures may seem fairly mild in October (highs are around 69°F), the dazzling sunshine which gleams down onto the island makes everything feel a little warmer and brighter.

The Baroque streets are often too hot for exploring at this time of year. So instead, plan for a lazy vacation and head to the beach. San Vito Lo Capo, Isola Bella, and Mondello are three spectacular bays known for their powder-soft sand and wonderfully warm waters that are perfect for swimming in. 

Even though most visitors will be long gone by October, you’ll still be sharing the beach with a handful of locals. If you’d rather be alone, visit protected coastal parks like Vendicari or Selinunte instead. There’s a great chance you’ll have the beaches all to yourself at these spots. 

Food is a huge part of Sicilian culture, and it’s no surprise that there are many harvest festivals all over the island in October. La Vendemmia is one of the biggest and is held in celebration of the grape harvest. 

6. Experience the International Festival of Arts of Bordeaux Métropole in France

The International Festival of Arts of Bordeaux Métropole is one of the most exciting events in Bordeaux ’s calendar. Often shortened to FAB, this lively event encompasses all sorts of cultural activities, from circus acts, art installations, and dance troupes to theatrical performances, interactive museum displays, and mesmerizing light shows. 

Of course, you can’t visit Bordeaux without trying some wine. This fantastic tour picks you up from your accommodation in Bordeaux and whisks you away to the elegant wine region of Saint-Emilion. Here you’ll visit two châteaux and discover how they make their wines before sampling some of their most prestigious varieties.

This charming village also hosts a Hot Air Balloon Festival each year during the third week of October. There are loads of other cool things to do in Bordeaux in October, too. Rent a bike and cycle along the banks of the River Garonne, or save your legs and take a boat ride along it instead! 

7. Climb Up to Arthur’s Seat in Edinburgh, Scotland

Edinburgh is incredibly beautiful at any time of year – but just wait until you see it in October. In the fall, the rolling green hills, magnificent leafy trees, and thick bushes that line the paths transform into a kaleidoscope of bronze, russet, gold, and crimson. Some of the trees throughout the city are evergreen Scots pines, which provide a striking contrast against the blazing hues. 

One of the top spots to take it all in and snap some incredible pictures is from Arthur’s Seat. This is an ancient volcano with a peak that stands high above the city. From up here, you can see for miles over Edinburgh’s cobblestone streets and out across the golden countryside that surrounds it. 

Samhuinn Fire Festival is an event you absolutely can’t miss. Also known as the Fire and Acrobats show, this spectacular event takes place every year on October 31 in Calton Hill. Here, you can watch incredibly talented acrobats and performers show off their fire skills to the beat of loud drums. 

8. See the Lugano Autumn Festival in Switzerland

There are loads of festivals held throughout Europe in October, and the Lugano Autumn Festival in Switzerland has got to be one of the best. Make sure you visit on an empty stomach because you’ll be amazed by the huge number of stalls laden with all kinds of Ticinese delights.

From polenta stew and gnocchi to minestrone soup and risotto, you’ll be surrounded by delicious comfort food that’s guaranteed to warm you up. Keep an eye out for the wine stalls, too. They sell all kinds of incredible wines made with grapes sourced from local vineyards that year.

As well as all the food and drink kiosks, Lugano’s pedestrianized streets are also brought to life with children’s activities, parades, dances, live music, and artisan boutiques throughout the event. 

If you over-indulged during the festival, there are plenty of ways to work off the extra calories. Lake Lugano is a wonderful place for boating, kayaking, and stand-up paddleboarding, while the surrounding peaks of Monte San Salvatore and Monte Bre are ideal for hiking and mountain biking. 

9. Enjoy Festivals in Budapest, Hungary

If you hate being bored, Budapest is one of the coolest places to visit in Europe in October. There are so many festivals going on during this month that it’s impossible to have nothing to do! From music concerts and horse racing to wine fairs and foodie events, you won’t have a second to spare during your vacation here.

The city hosts its own version of Oktoberfest at the beginning of the month. In addition to copious beer drinking, the program is also filled with artisan markets, workshops, literary events, city tours, art exhibitions, dance shows, theatrical performances, and live music. 

The Contemporary Art Festival is another worth checking out. Held in various galleries, theaters, and movie theaters at the beginning of the month, this event incorporates two weeks of visual art and musical performances. 

Burdened with a never-satisfied sweet tooth? Then you’ll love the Chimney Cake Festival. Held in the middle of October, this foodie event gives you the chance to try loads of different kinds of the sugary desserts in City Park. There are literally dozens of variations to sink your teeth into! 

10. Have a Fairytale Time in the Bavarian Alps, Germany

The Bavarian Alps are at their most stunning in October, when the romantic medieval villages, mesmerizing historic castles, and cobalt shimmering lakes are surrounded by plants, trees, and bushes in every shade of autumnal gold you can imagine. Whether you’re a professional photographer or you just snap the odd picture on your phone, you’ll be overwhelmed by all the beauty there is to capture here. 

Start by choosing a gorgeous place to stay. We recommend Füssen, known for its multicolored Old Town, brimming with eye-catching Bavarian architecture and charming boutique hotels. After you’ve settled in, head outside and start working your way through the area’s enchanting castles. 

The alluring Neuschwanstein Castle should be first on your list. This spectacular structure is regularly awarded the title of “Most Beautiful Castle in the World,” and it’s truly astounding in the fall. Don’t forget to stop by the Marienbrücke Bridge to take the iconic castle picture!

If you’ve got a car, it’s worth driving along the Romantic Road. This pretty route takes you past a number of weathered castles, sophisticated palaces, medieval towns, and Bavarian churches.

11. Eat Comfort Food in Prague, Czech Republic

Prague can get pretty chilly in October, with temperatures dropping down to around 43°F. But as long as you wrap up warm, you’ll still have an amazing time exploring the city’s majestic attractions – especially since the streets will be practically empty. You won’t have any problem finding a good space to watch the Astronomical Clock show and will be able to stroll over Charles Bridge without bumping into other people.

If the cold does get to be too much for you, then you’re in luck – Prague has some of the heartiest Czech comfort food around. Whenever you feel like you need to warm up a little, look out for a traditional Czech restaurant and find yourself an empty table.

A plate of Svíčková Na Smetaně (beef with dumplings and a cream sauce), Kuřecí Kapsa (chicken breast stuffed with ham and cheese), or Kulajda (mushroom and potato soup) will warm you up from the inside out. 

When you’re feeling warmer, you’ll be in a better position to appreciate where you are. In October, Prague is bathed in a low angle of sunlight, which illuminates the city in a glittering golden hue. 

12. Discover the Tbilisoba Festival in Tbilisi

One of Europe’s best-kept secrets, Georgia is a remarkable place to visit in October. The country’s capital dazzles with bronze, gold, and cerulean colors at this time of year that will leave you wanting to spend every fall in lesser-known Tbilisi .

Nestled into a dramatic valley, this charming city perfectly combines winding narrow streets and charming old squares with trendy independent cafes and a cool cosmopolitan vibe. Here you’ll find everything from ancient sulfur baths that invite you to soak up their therapeutic minerals to the funicular ride to Mtatsminda Park, from where you can get a phenomenal bird’s-eye view of the city. 

Tbilisoba is a wonderful festival that’s held throughout October each year. Celebrating history and diversity in Tbilisi, the annual event boasts all kinds of activities, from open-air concerts featuring contemporary artists and traditional groups to sprawling food fairs where you can gorge on as much wine, cheese, and fruit as you can handle.

13. Welcome the Darker Nights in Ljubljana, Slovenia

It gets dark pretty early in Ljubljana in October, with the sun setting around 6:20 pm. But that’s not a bad thing at all. The earlier the sun sets, the more time you get to enjoy the Lighting Guerrilla! 

Toward the end of the month, this sensational light festival takes over the entire city in the form of fiery art installations that illuminate the space around them. Thought-provoking artistic videos and remarkable dramatic performances also take place throughout the streets.

Want to get involved? Visitors are encouraged to create their own illuminated lanterns and hats at pop-up workshops around the city. 

Autumn Restaurant Week also takes place throughout the country at this time of year. During this event, the best restaurants in Slovenia are chosen to create a special multi-course tasting menu exclusively for the event. It’s an excellent way of trying local ingredients and seasonal flavors prepared by expert chefs.

You can find out which restaurants are taking part each year by checking out the official website. If you’re looking for places to travel in Europe in October for foodies, Ljubljana won’t disappoint! 

14. See the Views in Killarney, Ireland

With so much natural beauty to discover in Ireland, you’ve got no chance of seeing it all on foot. The best way to take in as many dazzling autumnal landscapes as possible is to rent a car and hit the road. It’s difficult to say which part of the country is most stunning in the fall, but Killarney has got to be up there.

Nestled between sparkling lakes and rolling hills, this spellbinding part of Ireland stretches across southern County Kerry. It’s the starting point of the famous Ring of Kerry driving route, which is absolutely breathtaking in October. 

This magnificent road trip takes you through the unspoiled natural beauty of the Killarney National Park. Here, you’ll drive over forest-clad mountain slopes and past sparkling blue lakes, alongside tumbling waterfalls and close to native red deer. You’ll also drive through loads of quaint little towns where you can stop off at a cafe to recharge.

You can complete the entire road trip in just one day, so you should always be able to squeeze it into your itinerary. 

There you have it! The 14 best places to visit in Europe in October. What’s your favorite European destination to travel to in October?

Share this on pinterest.

Nicola is a freelance writer with an insatiable hunger for travel. She swapped her home in the UK for the sunny Canary Islands when she was just 11 and she has been based there ever since. From crawling on her hands and knees inside pyramids in Egypt to swimming with baby sharks in Bali and searching (fruitlessly!) for the Northern Lights in Iceland, Nicola takes every chance she gets to explore new places. The incredible experiences she has around the world fuels her writing and inspires her to plan even more adventures for the future.

Related Posts

Hiking the Tre Cime di Lavaredo

The 12 Best Hotels in Vilnius, Lithuania

12 Cool Boutique Hotels in Palermo, Sicily

Leave a comment cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

The 31 Best places to visit in October in Europe

• David Angel
• Europe travel tips

This is my guide to the best places to visit in October in Europe, with the best in autumn colours, late summer sun, city breaks, food festivals and much more.

October may just be the perfect time to visit Europe. It’s the fall or autumn season, when prices drop significantly in many of the best places to visit in Europe. The weather is also still warm in many cities in Europe, much more pleasant than the stifling heat of summer.

So where are the best places to visit in Europe in October? This depends on what you want out of your vacation in autumn in Europe. You may want to see the best fall colors in Europe, or perhaps want to seek out October sun holidays on the shores of the Mediterranean.

Some of the best cities to visit in Europe – such as Florence – are much more pleasant in early autumn than in summer, the heat having disappeared along with the crowds.

October is also the best time to visit Europe for food lovers. It’s the time of harvests, from truffles and porcini in Italy to apples in Normandy or around Hereford, England . It’s also the time of Hallowe’en, of creepy castles and misty mountains. The shorter days and longer nights can be wonderfully atmospheric.

So join us on our guide to the best places to visit in Europe in October.

Where to travel in Europe in October for Autumn Colours

We’ll start our journey around the best places in Europe to visit in autumn in our home country, the UK. Wales is one of the best European countries to visit for scenery, with magnificent mountains and coast to explore.

Autumn in Wales is pot luck weather-wise: it can often be wet and windy, but we’ve also basked on the beach at 20 degrees on Hallowe’en.

North Wales has some of the most beautiful places in Europe, and if you’re lucky with autumn weather, they are magical. Llangollen , near the English border, is the ideal place to start, surrounded by an Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty.

A little over an hour to the west, Betws-y-Coed is the gateway to the Snowdonia National Park, which has some fantastic autumn hikes. And the fantasy village of Portmeirion , on the west coast of Wales, is a wonderful place for a short romantic break.

2. Lake District England

There are plenty of amazing places to see autumn in England as well, and two of the best are at opposite ends of the country. The Lake District National Park, in the north-western county of Cumbria, is the most magnificent mountain landscape in England, with several of its highest peaks.

The lower ground around lakes like Derwent Water, Buttermere and  Ullswater is full of foliage, and the fall colours there can be breathtaking.

3. New Forest England

The New Forest, in the southern county of Hampshire, is one of the best hidden gems of England. This small National Park is not one of the obvious Europe tourist places, and it’s not even that well-known by the British themselves.  It’s an area of forest and heathland where British wildlife thrives, and where you’ll find some of the best autumn colours in Britain.

4. Scotland in Autumn

The scenery in stunning Scotland is among the best of Europe, especially during autumn. The Scottish Highlands is among the most beautiful landscapes in Europe , and it’s at its most dramatic in the fall, especially when the sun emerges after an autumn squall.  

Sometimes you’ll find stands of trees on your journey, such as at Loch Leven and Glencoe Lochan. Elsewhere, all it takes is the dying bracken to light up the bare landscape a fiery orange.   

5. Slovenia in Autumn

This small Alpine country is one of the best places to visit in Europe in autumn.  The Julian Alps have some of the best scenery in Europe, and in October it all goes golden and red.

Magical Lake Bled, with its church on an island, a castle on a crag and Alpine peaks behind, is breathtaking, a scene straight out of a fairytale. Nearby, Lake Bohinj is more dramatic, a glacial lake hemmed in by almost vertical mountains on three sides.

It’s among the smallest, but is up there with the best countries to visit in Europe. Unmissable.

6. Bialowieza Forest, Poland & Belarus

The , Białowieża forest, which straddles the Poland-Belarus border, is one of the most unique places to see in Europe. This vast forest wilderness is one of my own favourite Europe travel destinations.

The trees are hundreds, possibly a thousand or more years old in places. It’s like walking through a cathedral built by nature, an unforgettable experience.

It’s also home to one of the largest bison populations in Europe, with around 800 roaming across the forest. Much of continental Europe was like this – it’s the largest tract of primeval forest left.

7. Northern Greece in Autumn

We’ve recommended other places in Greece for this Europe in October feature, but they’re for the last of the summer sun. Mountainous northern Greece is one of the less-explored parts of the country.

One of the best tourist attractions in Greece is the series of monasteries at Meteora, and in October they are at the most dramatic. The trees in the valley below turn red, gold and brown with the season, while autumn mists rise and swirl around the monasteries.

The valleys of the remote Zagorochori region are just as compelling, the valleys and gorges lit up with the bright, fiery hues of autumn.

Best places to visit in october in europe for Halloween

October 31 st is Halloween (also spelt Hallowe’en, the Eve of All Hallows (All Saints Day, November 1 st ). It’s believed that Halloween has Celtic origins, possibly derived from an earlier festival, Samhain, and the Welsh Calan Gaeaf (Eve of Winter).

At this time of year, it was believed that the boundaries between this and the Spirit World diminished at this time of year, allowing spirits and fairies to re-enter this world.

If you’re wondering where to travel in Europe for Hallowe’en, the UK is a good place to start. It has the multitude of castles, ancient forests and haunted pubs – everything you need for a creepy, cold evening when the spirit world re-awakens.

1. Bratislava Halloween Festival

Slovakia is one of the cheapest European countries to visit, and its capital, Bratislava is a great place to start. If you’re yet to discover Central Europe, Bratislava Old Town is a good place to start, its cobbled streets winding their way to hilltop Bratislava Castle a taster of what else you can discover in the region.

Bratislava also hosts a huge range of Halloween parties, on the day itself and in the week leading up to it. You can go to a fancy-dress club night, introduce yourself to Slovak hip-hop or be scared witless at a horror-themed party where you could be assailed by scary nuns.  

2. Edinburgh at Halloween

Edinburgh, one of the top European cities, comes into its own as the days get shorter and the nights get longer. Edinburgh Castle and the narrow closes (alleyways) off the Royal Mile make for a wonderfully evocative setting for autumn and Hallowe’en.

You’re always guaranteed several events on Halloween in Edinburgh, from a Ceilidh (dance) at the Counting House to stories of hauntings at Trinity House lighthouse in nearby Leith.

3. Halloween in London

A few hours down the track, London has ghosts galore, whether it’s at Highgate Cemetery , the dungeons of the Tower of London or exploring the narrow alleyways of the best-preserved part of the medieval City of London, around St Bartholomew the Great Church.

Like Edinburgh, the labyrinth of alleyways around the City (also seek out Ye Olde Cheshire Cheese pub, one of Charles Dickens’ regular ports of call) and the nearby back streets.

There is an enormous range of London walking tours to choose from, including London ghost walks which run throughout the year.

The East End of London was also the haunt of one of the world’s most notorious serial killers, Jack the Ripper, and there’s even a small museum devoted to this mysterious figure.

4. Venice in October

October in Venice can be a wonderful time – you can get anything from late summer sun to misty canals to acqua alta – the high tides which flood the city’s streets for a few hours at a time.

The crowds start to thin out towards the end of the month, and prices also start to drop. If you really want to save on your costs, winter is the best time of all to visit Venice , especially January.

Venice doesn’t hold any official Hallowe’en events, as it’s not celebrated as it is in the UK – although some bars will of course hold themed Hallowe’en parties.

One of the reasons Venice is one of the top cities to visit in Europe is its vast warren of narrow streets and alleys. One of the best things to do in Venice is to wander and get lost in this endless maze.

This is where Venice is at its haunting best, when you can have much of it to yourself for hours at a time.

4. Dracula Castle Romania

We couldn’t talk about Halloween without mentioning Bran Castle, the fictional home of Count Dracula near Brasov in Transylvania, Romania. Bram Stoker’s Count Dracula character was partly based on Vlad the Impaler, a 15 th century ruler who sometimes impaled his opponents.

Vlad may not have spent much time at ‘his’ castle – rather it was chosen as a setting for Dracula films because of its dramatic architecture. Hollywood filmmakers and the Communist Ceausescu regime’s efforts to promote tourism in Romania combined to raise its profile and the myth of Dracula.

Bran Castle is fantastic, along with Corvin one of the best castles in Romania. It’s a must see if you visit Romania. Brasov, along with nearby Sighisoara and Sibiu, is one of the cheapest European cities to visit. A fascinating part of the world.

Europe in October For Foodies

October may just be the best time to travel to Europe if food is your passion.  Italy is always a great place to start, with so many regional cuisines to choose from.

1. Porcini in Tuscany

October and early November are the times to foraging for the rich, delicious porcini mushrooms. They grow in forested areas throughout the region, from the Chianti region to the south of Florence to the Mugello and Casentino Forest in the less frequented east of the region to the Tuscan hilltowns to the south of Siena.

It’s always worth checking whether you need a permit from the local town hall – this usually only costs a few euros.

2. Strada Dei Vini E Dei Sapori, Bologna

Less than two hours to the north, it’s well worth exploring the backroads of the Strada dei Vini e Sapori (Route of Wines and Tastes) of Emilia Romagna.

 This runs through the little-visited Bolognese Apennines, which make for a fascinating day trip from Bologna.

3. Seafood in Normandy, France

The largely rural region of Normandy, to the north-west of Paris, is also one of the best destinations in Europe for food lovers.

The Calvados department in Lower Normandy (which also includes the D-Day Beaches) has several food and drink festivals throughout October.

These include the Fete de la Crevette (Shrimp Festival) in the lovely town of Honfleur, and the Fete de la Coquille St-jacques (Scallop Festival) at Ouistreham, the ferry port to the north of the city of Caen, and nearby Villers-sur-Mer.

Beuvron-en-Auge, one of the most beautiful villages in France, is around ten miles (16 km) east of Caen. It’s the setting of an annual Cider Festival each October, and there’s a similar event at Conches-en-Ouche, to the south.

If you’re in Normandy in autumn, try to make at least a day to see the stunning medieval city of Rouen. It’s one of the best small cities in Europe, and one of the most underrated .

During October it plays host to a huge farmers’ market that goes by the wonderful name of La Fete du Ventre (The Festival of the Stomach), and the start of the Foire St Romain, one of the biggest funfairs in France.  

4. Dubrovnik Wine Season

The beautiful Croatian city of Dubrovnik is one of several destinations in Europe to have felt the effects of overtourism in recent years. But not in October, when the crowds have dwindled significantly, and so have the prices. This is a time to appreciate one of the most enchanting European cities to visit.

It’s also wine season, with the harvests taking place at the nearby vineyards. One of the best areas is the nearby Peljesac peninsula, which produce the famed red Dingac grape. Some other local vineyards also produce fine white wines.

5. Jamon in Andalucia

Every October, the town of Aracena hosts the Feria del Jamon Iberico (Iberian Ham Festival). It’s well off the beaten path Andalucia, a 90 minute drive north-west of Seville in neighbouring Huelva province.  

As well as having the opportunity to sample the local delicacy, there’s a wide range of market stalls, exhibits, a ham-cutting competition and the chance to win your weight in ham.

Another area of Andalucia that prides itself on its jamon is the remote Alpujarra region to the south of Granada. This series of majestic valleys lead up to the snow-capped peaks of the Sierra Nevada, and the jamon takes pride of place in the local shops.

Nearby, Trevelez is one of the highest villages in Spain. The clear mountain air provides exceptional conditions for curing and drying the ham, which like that in the Sierra de Aracena, has to be tasted to be believed. It’s one of the best food experiences that we’ve had in Europe.

6. Scottish Highlands

Scotland is also one of the best countries to visit in Europe for food in autumn. Locally stalked venison and game is on the menu, as is a range of delicious home-grown vegetables, including beetroot, swede, celeriac.

October and early November are also the best times to  forage for mushrooms and berries. If you’re picking your own mushrooms, collect them in a wooden basket, which allows seeds to fall back to the forest floor, which enables re-sporing the following year.

7. Helsinki – Herring Festival

The Finnish capital Helsinki is one of the top European cities to visit, and it’s one of several cities to devote a festival to the humble herring. The fish is a staple right across the Baltic region, from Estonia to Germany and Denmark.

The Helsinki Baltic Herring Market, which  takes place over a week every October, has been running since 1743. It’s held in the Market Square in Helsinki, and events include a Herring of the Year competition. In case you’re wondering, this is actually a competition for the best herring dish.

8. Pembrokeshire Crab

Back in Wales, October is the start of the best season for crabs, and this continues through until January.

Pembrokeshire county occupies the south-west corner of Wales, and its coastline, with its many beaches and coves, provides ideal conditions for them to flourish.

Pembrokeshire crab is not to be missed, and is exported all over Europe and beyond. Try some locally, whether it’s at Coast restaurant near Saundersfoot, or in a sandwich from a stall at Tenby market.  

Otherwise you can go crabbing yourself, rockpooling at one of the many Pembrokeshire beaches, from Abereiddi in the west to Amroth in the east.

W inter Sun

The Greek island of Crete is one of the best holiday destinations in Europe, and the October shoulder season is one of the best times to visit.

The temperature is around 25° – ten degrees cooler than in the height of summer, so being out in the daytime is so much more comfortable than during July and August.

Crete is also one of the best places to go in Europe for hiking and coastal walks. These are much more achievable in the cool – yet still warm – autumn. The island’s second city, Chania , is an ideal base at this time of year.

And as for the beaches in Crete , the main reason most people visit in summer? They’re just as beautiful, and the sea is still warm enough to swim in, the water holding onto the residual heat from the summer.

2. Santorini in October

October may just be the best time to visit Santorini , two hours to the north of Crete. Again, the summer heat has gone, but enough of it remains in the sea to allow you to swim.

The Santorini crowds have mostly departed until the following year. Several locals also told us that October and the winter months are the best time to see Santorini sunsets from the caldera.

3. Late Summer Sun in Sicily

We fell in love with Sicily in a heartbeat, and recommend it as one of the best places to travel in Europe. The temperatures are still well into the 20s, so it’s a strong candidate for warmest place in Europe in October.

You’ll find everything from some of the best beaches in Italy to some of the most beautiful ancient Greek sites in the Mediterranean. Not to mention Europe’s highest volcano, Etna, and the stunning Baroque towns of the south, especially Noto and Modica.

The tiny archipelago of Malta has always been a standby for autumn and winter sun. It’s one of the southernmost places in Europe, and is often the warmest place in Europe during October. 

Temperatures are still in the mid 20s, ideal balmy conditions for exploring Valletta, one of the smallest capitals but among the best cities to travel in Europe. It’s also less crowded and prices drop significantly after the end of the main tourist season in September.

The Portuguese capital is one of the great European cities, and it’s still warm enough in October to sit outside at one of the cafes at the various miradouros (viewpoints) around the city, enjoy a drink and savour the view. Most of the crowds have also gone home.

Madrid is one of the top European city breaks all year round. October is such a good time to visit because the average temperature hovers around the 20 degree mark through the month, and there are only a handful of rainy days during the month. The nights may be drawing in, but one thing never changes: the legendary Madrid nightlife always gets going very late, so don’t start too early.

It’s still balmy in Seville in October. It’s one of the most beautiful cities in Spain, and among the best travel destinations in Europe.

It has everything from outstanding architecture, some of the best food in Europe and great nightlife to top it all off. It’s still warm enough to sit outside the bars in the Barrio Santa Cruz in the evening and enjoy a cold beer or glass of amontillado sherry outside.

B est European City Breaks in October

1. copenhagen.

We probably prefer hygge to Halloween, if truth be told. Hygge is a Danish word meaning a feeling of warmth, cosiness and contentment, just what you need with the nights drawing in.The Tivoli Gardens season runs for three weeks, from mid-October until early November. It’s a fantastic time to visit one of the best funfairs in the world, when it’s all decked out in Halloween colours, with lots of scary – and not-so-scary – Halloween rides. If you’re wondering where to go in Europe with kids in autumn, this could be the place for you.

Summer seems such a long way away in October, but the beginning of the cultural calendar makes up for that.  Culture Night kicks it all off in Copenhagen, with a vast array of cultural events and the chance to visit parts of historic buildings that are usually off limits to visitors.

2. Berlin – Festival of Lights

Berlin has always been one of the top places to visit in Europe, and October is the time to see it in a different light. The Festival of Lights runs for ten days every October, and some of the main Berlin landmarks are used as canvasses for amazing light projections and son et Lumiere performances.

Watch the Brandenburg Gate, Berliner Dom (Cathedral), Potsdamer Platz and more come to life.  The only one we’ve seen around the world that comes close is Vivid Sydney.

 Autumn is also a great time to visit Berlin parks, with the Tiergarten and Treptower Park especially rich in autumn colours.

Bologna is one of the best European cities to visit in October as it settles back into normality after the summer. The students will have returned to the University, one of the oldest in the world, which gives the whole city such a youthful edge.

Bologna is up there with the great European cities, and autumn is a great time to tuck into tagliatelle al ragu , one of the signature dishes of the city, better known by the name Bolognese.

4. Siracusa, Sicily

We’ve told you about the late summer sun in Sicily. This is the ideal time to explore some of its cities, and there’s nowhere better than Siracusa, in the south-east of the island. It was one of the greatest cities of antiquity, and now a relatively quiet provincial city.

We spent a week on Ortigia , the island which was the ancient heart of Syracuse. Deep into October, the evenings are still warm enough to sit in the Piazza del Duomo with a caffe and gelato, admiring one of the most beautiful squares in Europe .

5. Amsterdam

Gorgeous Amsterdam is among many people’s top 10 European cities. The city of canals is at its most beautiful on sunny, crisp autumn days when the leaves on the trees have turned golden, orange and red.

Wander the  Amsterdam canals or take a cruise around them, or prepare to be blown away at two of the best art galleries in Europe, the Rijksmuseum And Van Gogh Museum.

David Angel is a British photographer, writer and historian. He is a European travel expert with over 30 years’ experience exploring Europe. He has a degree in History from Manchester University, and his work is regularly featured in global media including the BBC, Condé Nast Traveler, The Guardian, The Times, and The Sunday Times.  David is fluent in French and Welsh, and can also converse in Italian, German, Portuguese, Spanish, Czech and Polish.

19 of the Best Places to Visit in Europe in October

09/01/2024 by Olivia Loren 2 Comments

If September got away from you too fast and you missed out on these European destinations , no worries!

October is one of the best months for sightseeing in Europe ! The summer crowds have dwindled, the fall foliage is in full swing, and many spots offer that perfect “not too hot, not too cold” weather. Plus, since it’s considered the off-season for many countries, you’re more likely to score some amazing deals on flights and accommodation. Win-win!

Here are my top picks for best places to visit in Europe in October:

Table of Contents

1. Cinque Terre, Italy

Cinque Terre in October is a dream. The summer throngs have left, giving you more space to wander through the colorful villages. It’s still warm enough to hike the iconic trails but cool enough that you won’t be drenched in sweat. Plus, the Mediterranean still holds onto its summer warmth, just right for a refreshing dip in the sea. One of the best ways to take advantage of the stellar weather is to head out for a snorkeling and kayak tour , which will give you a mesmerizing view of the Cinque Terre coastline.

Get Perks like Room Upgrades and Resort Credits

As a travel advisor who has been to 65 countries, I can get extra perks like room upgrades, early check in, late check out (based on availability) and resort credits. Contact me to book!

Cinque Terre is one of the many places in Italy that are wonderful to visit this time of year. Find more inspiration for your Italian adventure here !

2. Salzburg, Austria

Visiting Salzburg in October is like stepping into a living postcard. The historic Old Town, with its well-preserved baroque architecture, is even more charming in the glow of autumn colors. Imagine walking along the Salzach River, while red and gold leaves crunch under your feet. The crowds have thinned out from the summer rush, making it an ideal time to visit Mozart’s birthplace and the Hohensalzburg Fortress . The cafés offer cozy corners where you can enjoy Sachertorte and hot coffee, providing a snug atmosphere that is quintessentially Austrian.

I’ve only ever visited Austria in the winter, so I’m keen to get back and see what fall is like there!

3. Plitvice Lakes National Park, Croatia

There are plenty of locations in Croatia that deserve a spot on your itinerary, but the foliage in Plitvice Lakes National Park during October cannot be left out: it is like an artist’s palette of oranges, yellows, and reds. The weather is generally mild, but bring a light jacket , because it can get chilly in the evenings. The summer crowds will have diminished, giving you the serenity you need to appreciate this natural beauty.

One of the best ways to see the park if you’re in a hurry is by joining a full-day tour , but if you have more time to spare, there are plenty of places to camp . Just make sure you bring layers to keep warm at night!

4. Tallinn, Estonia

Tallinn is a fantastic October destination for history enthusiasts. With fewer crowds, you can truly delve into the medieval architecture of its Old Town. The crisp temperatures make it a great time to explore museums and enjoy traditional Estonian dishes like mulgipuder .

Whether you’re heading to Tallinn for a weekend or a few weeks, don’t skip the chance to visit Lahemaa National Park , where you’ll see some of Estonia’s most beautiful fall foliage.

5. Cornwall, England

Cornwall offers a quieter but still stunning experience in October. While you might not want to brave the waters for a swim, the coastal walks are invigorating. Take a journey through Tintagel Castle, said to be the birthplace of King Arthur, without the throngs of tourists to disrupt your reverie. Cornwall is also a fantastic destination around Halloween, as the town puts on several elaborately spooky events .

One of the most unique ways to enjoy Cornwall is to go on a tour of the filming locations of the show Poldark , which takes you to some of the most beautiful sites in town. Even if you’ve never seen the show, it’s a cool way to enjoy the best of the region.

6. Transylvania, Romania

Speaking of Halloween, October is just the right time to visit Dracula’s homeland. Transylvania is absolutely captivating, with its misty mountains and medieval castles. The weather is cool and enjoyable, perfect for exploring without a horde of tourists. You might think that Transylvania would be popular around Halloween for its spook factor, but it’s surprisingly quiet this time of year.

Get into the spirit of all things mysterious with a tour of the ancient Bran Castle or a visit to the famous Dracula House . Don’t worry, though: the legends of vampires in Transylvania aren’t actually part of Romanian folklore and didn’t arise until after Bram Stoker’s Dracula came out.

7. Ghent, Belgium

In October, Ghent offers a cozy, fairy-tale ambiance, with medieval architecture, cobblestone streets, and enchanting canals set against the backdrop of autumn foliage. Visit Gravensteen Castle, and indulge in Belgian waffles as the air starts to cool.

Head out on a crisp fall afternoon for a boat ride through Ghent’s medieval center if you can. This is one of the best things to do this time of year, because the ancient buildings are surrounded by trees in peak fall colors.

8. Cappadocia, Turkey

October is an excellent time to visit Cappadocia, particularly for hot-air ballooning . The weather is milder, so you can still catch the gorgeous views without the extreme temperatures of summer. The winters here can be brutal as well, so visiting in the fall (or spring!) is optimal.

The best thing to do in Cappadocia is hike and explore. Here you’ll find ancient cave churches, underground cities, and impressive rock formations called “fairy chimneys” that give this Turkish paradise a whimsical feel.

9. Berlin, Germany

Berlin is vibrant and interesting any time of year, but October holds a special place in my heart because of the crisp weather, epic events, and autumn hues. Each October, the city hosts its Festival of Lights, when monuments, landmarks, streets, and squares become dazzling displays of color. You can also catch Berlin’s Food Week , which is a delight for foodies.

The weather might require a light jacket, but that doesn’t stop Berliners from enjoying their city. Museums and galleries become even more appealing places to spend your time. I used to live in there, so make sure to check out my guide to Berlin , which has loads of cool things to do!

10. The French Riviera

The Côte d’Azur still enjoys lovely weather this time of year. With the summer tourists gone, the region takes on a more relaxed and authentic feel. It’s a great time for a leisurely exploration of Nice, Cannes, and the villages that make the French Riviera so charming. One of the best ways to start out your adventure is to go for a road trip along the coast. You can also take it to the next level and do so on a three-wheel-vehicle tour !

11. Lapland, Finland

I visited Finnish Lapland in the winter and absolutely loved it, but it certainly isn’t for the faint of heart. If you’re sensitive to the cold, October is a much better time to visit, as it’s a magical experience with far fewer tourists compared to the winter months. Still, pack accordingly.

October is the peak of the northern lights season in Lapland. If you want to increase your chances of getting the best view of the aurora borealis, I highly recommend a tour that takes you to various locations . Another can’t-miss activity here is experiencing a Finnish sauna ( a delicious three-course dinner is included here ).

12. Prague, Czechia

Prague in October evinces a mystical aura. The weather is cold enough to enjoy traditional Czech comfort food and the famous hot wine. Tour the awe-inspiring splendor of Prague Castle , or walk the Charles Bridge in the early morning mist. Prague is also full of mysticism, so imagine spending your Halloween on a ghosts and legends tour through the Old Town. Now that’s the way to take full advantage of spooky season!

13. Lake Bled, Slovenia

October is when Lake Bled becomes a fairy-tale setting, with the surrounding trees displaying their vibrant fall colors. I’m sure you’ve seen the dazzling photos of the lake in the summertime, but autumn is just as lovely, and there aren’t nearly as many tourists milling about. It’s chilly but not freezing, just right for a boat ride to Bled Island.

Potentially the coolest thing to do here is to take a transparent-kayak tour at night . You’ll get to see the twinkling lights of castles from the water, which is truly a sight to behold!

14. Lisbon, Portugal

Lisbon remains sunny in the fall season, and it’s the best time to explore the city’s hills, as the temperatures are mild. The crowds are smaller, but Lisbon’s charm is fully present. Don’t miss out on a guided walking tour of the city or a food and wine tour to delight the senses in this vibrant European cultural hub.

15. Madeira, Portugal

For a more offbeat destination, try Madeira. The island’s exotic gardens are still in bloom, and October is the peak season for tuna and marlin fishing. After visiting the Azores , I found myself itching to see another Portuguese island destination like this one. This full-day tour looks amazing and includes some of Madeira’s most exciting attractions, like volcanic pools and impressive waterfalls.

16. Wild Atlantic Way, Ireland

If you really want to get off the beaten path, then head to northwest Ireland and disconnect from reality on the Wild Atlantic Way . Set far away from the hustle and bustle of daily life, this incredible coastal route is overflowing with quaint villages, impressive castles, and dramatic landscapes.

While this region is beautiful all year round, the colorful fall foliage makes it extra gorgeous, and, with fewer tourists around, you can enjoy the crisp, refreshing air and explore at your own pace.

17. Oeschinen Lake, Switzerland

Oeschinensee in the canton of Bern, Switzerland , is a must-visit in October. This beautiful mountain lake becomes even more magical in autumn when the reds, oranges, and yellows of the leaves create a striking contrast with the clear blue waters.

Beyond its beauty, Oeschinensee Lake boasts a dozen waterfalls, boat rentals, and even options for swimming — that is, if you can handle its icy-cold waters! This lake is popular among both tourists and locals, but October provides the perfect chance to enjoy it with fewer crowds.

18. Iceland

Iceland is probably already on your travel bucket list, and I totally get why! If not for the gushing waterfalls, moody coastline, or hot springs, it has to be for the northern lights. By October, the rush of the summer months is over, but temperatures haven’t yet reached the lows of winter. It’s also the start of aurora season in October, so there’s a good chance you’ll even be able to catch the northern lights!

There are so many things to do in Iceland , even if you have a short stay. Pop over to the Blue Lagoon during a long layover, drive the adventurous Ring Road , or road-trip around the Golden Circle in just 48 hours!

19. Oslo, Norway

Last but not least, October in Oslo is all about embracing the coziness of fall. The city’s parks offer stunning autumnal hues, and there’s still enough daylight to explore extensively. Summer is peak tourism season in Oslo, so visiting in the fall is ideal for travelers who are into a more low-key atmosphere. Plus, it’ll be warm enough to enjoy a bike ride (as the locals do!), so check out this guided bike tour and this Norway packing list!

You’ve probably guessed already that I love visiting places during shoulder season to avoid crowds, and Europe is no exception. Sure, European summer is gorgeous, but October offers more comfortable temperatures, thinner crowds, and a healthy dash of enchantment.

Before you head to one of these best places to visit in Europe in the summer, make sure to check out my packing list for visiting Europe in the fall.

Which destination will you choose?

About Olivia Loren

Olivia is an American with Croatian roots who moved to Zagreb in 2014 for a study abroad program and never looked back. She has been living in Croatia ever since and enjoys helping other people plan epic vacations to the country she now calls home. Her blog, https://www.inspiredbycroatia.com, shares itineraries, local tips and exclusive insights for discovering Croatia off the beaten path.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

 subscribe to our newsletter

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Cutting Edger says

09/05/2024 at 12:41 am

What a great roundup of European destinations for October! The suggestions are spot-on for experiencing the fall beauty and local culture. Can’t wait to use this guide!

cadet1223 says

09/07/2024 at 9:58 pm

Fantastic list! Europe in October offers so many beautiful destinations, and your recommendations are spot on. From vibrant autumn landscapes to charming cities, your picks cover a range of must-visit spots. Thanks for providing such inspiring travel ideas for a memorable October trip!

22 Best Places to Visit in Europe in October (Stunning!)

Love it? Share it!

Europe in October is a spectacle to behold. As summer fades, the continent transforms into a picturesque canvas dotted with hues of red, orange, and gold. The weather cools down, making it a perfect time for those who wish to escape the summer crowds and enjoy a more relaxed, authentic experience and stunning autumn foliage. Whether you’re a history buff, a nature lover, or a foodie, here are the best places to visit in Europe in October. 

In this guide, we’ll unveil some of the best destinations to explore with practical tips and sightseeing and seasonal events to check out during this magical month. 

So pack your bags and ready your spirit of adventure as we embark on this autumnal journey across Europe.

Best Places to Visit in Europe in October: Travel Tips

Disclosure: This post contains affiliate links. If you click one of them, we may receive a small commission at no extra cost to you.

Traveling to Europe in October can be a rewarding experience with fewer crowds, mild weather, and a range of cultural events. 

October is an autumn month which is a shoulder season between the summer rush and winter chill, making it an ideal time to explore Europe. 

Note: Typically, autumn months in Europe are September, October and November  

There are many European destinations throughout the continent that would be perfect for a short break or longer holiday in October. 

From the white-washed cliffside towns of Santorini or other Greek Islands, national parks, and hidden gems in the Balkans to the golden sand beaches of the Canary Islands, there is something for everyone in Europe during this month. 

However, to make the most of your European getaway, here are some tips to consider:

• Pack for the weather: October is a transitional month in Europe, with weather varying greatly between countries and regions. It’s best to pack layers, including a waterproof jacket and comfortable footwear for walking.
• Book in advance: While there are fewer tourists in October, popular tourist destinations and attractions can still be busy. Booking tickets in advance can save time and sometimes money.
• Explore local festivals: October is a month of wine harvest festivals and cultural events in many European countries. Don’t miss out on these local experiences.
• Try seasonal foods: Autumn is a great time to sample seasonal European cuisine, like fresh mushrooms in France or truffles in Italy.
• Consider a city pass: Many European cities offer tourist passes that include free public transportation and admission to major attractions.
• Stay flexible: Autumn weather can be unpredictable. Be ready to change your plans if necessary, perhaps swapping an outdoor activity for a museum visit on a rainy day.

Remember, each European destination has its unique charm and offerings, so research and plan according to your interests. 

Here are our top favorites,

1. Munich, Germany | Oktoberfest, fall events and sightseeing

• Average temperatures: 5 to 14 degrees Celsius (42 to 57 F) 
• October events/festivals: Oktoberfest 
• Where to stay: Hotel München City Center

Munich, Germany – home of the world-renowned Oktoberfest. This annual beer festival, which runs from late September into the first weekend in October, is a must-visit for beer enthusiasts. But there’s more to Munich than just beer.

The crisp autumn air in Munich is perfect for immersing oneself in the city’s rich history. Explore the grandeur of Nymphenburg Palace, a magnificent Baroque palace that once served as the summer residence of Bavarian rulers.

Marvel at the opulence of the Munich Residenz, the former royal palace of the Wittelsbach dynasty, showcasing stunning architecture and artistic treasures. 

Don’t miss the iconic Marienplatz , the vibrant central square with its famous glockenspiel and charming medieval buildings.

Foodies can also delight in traditional Bavarian cuisine, such as pretzels, sausages, and apple strudel.

Moreover, Munich’s English Garden, one of the world’s largest urban parks, transforms into a breathtaking spectacle during the fall season. As the leaves change color, the garden bursts into a riot of vibrant hues, providing a picturesque and serene retreat right in the heart of the bustling city.

Take a leisurely stroll along the meandering paths, discover hidden corners, and soak in the tranquil beauty of this verdant oasis.

Munich in October is truly a feast for all senses.

Read: Bavaria itinerary | Best places to visit in Germany in winter

2. Basel, Switzerland | Museums, Autumn Fest and glory

• Average temperatures: 8 to 16 degrees Celsius (46 to 60 F) 
• October events/festivals: Basel Autumn Fair
• Where to stay: MOTEL One

Basel is the third largest city in Switzerland . This is a beautiful city where the Swiss, French, and German cultures intertwine – unveiling an exclusive charm in October. 

Nestled on the Rhine River, Basel is often referred to as the cultural capital of Switzerland, home to an impressive array of museums, galleries, and historic buildings.

If you’re an art enthusiast, Basel is your paradise. Visit the Fondation Beyeler, a world-class modern art museum that houses works from renowned artists like Monet, Van Gogh, and Picasso. Kunstmuseum is another must visit institution!

Dive into Basel’s history with a visit to the Old Town, a well-preserved medieval city center with narrow cobbled streets, colorful houses, and stunning architecture. 

Be sure to stop by Basel Minster, a striking red sandstone cathedral offering panoramic views of the Rhine and the city.

Imbibe the essence of autumn by walking along the river Rhine. The trees lining the banks burst into vivid autumnal colors, reflecting on the shimmering waters and creating a mesmerizing spectacle.

Autumn is also the season for hearty Swiss cuisine. Enjoy a cozy dinner in one of Basel’s traditional restaurants, sampling dishes like cheese fondue and rösti, accompanied by a glass of local wine.

Finally, don’t miss the Basel Autumn Fair in late October. This historic funfair, dating back to the 15th century, spreads across several plazas in the historic city center and is a joyous celebration of food, games, and rides.

With its cultural richness, beautiful scenery, and warm hospitality, Basel in October is a captivating destination that leaves every visitor spellbound.

Resources : Switzerland in the fall | Switzerland itinerary 7 days

3. Paris, France | Art, food and autumnal wonders

• Average temperatures: 10 to 17 degrees Celsius (50 to 63 F) 
• October events/festivals: Various art and music festivals 
• Where to stay: Hotel de Neuve by Happyculture (Marais)

Paris, France – the city of lights, revered for its rich history, vibrant culture, and iconic landmarks, unveils a unique charm in October. 

As autumn takes hold, Paris transforms into a kaleidoscope of warm colors, with golden leaves carpeting the city’s picturesque boulevards and parks.

Start your journey with a visit to the Louvre, the world’s largest art museum, and a historic monument in Paris. This renowned museum houses an extensive collection of artworks and historical artifacts, including the iconic Mona Lisa.

Next, ascend the Eiffel Tower, the symbol of Paris , for an unforgettable view of the city painted in autumn hues. 

A boat tour along the Seine River offers a different perspective on Paris’s architectural marvels, including the Notre Dame Cathedral (just ensure you carry a light cardigan and scarf on the ride). 

For food lovers, Paris in October is a gastronomic delight. Autumn is the season for game and mushrooms, which feature heavily in traditional French dishes. Savor the flavors of autumn in quintessential French restaurants or indulge in a cup of hot chocolate in a cozy café, watching the world go by.

Paris’s parks, such as the Jardin du Luxembourg and the Bois de Boulogne, are a sight to behold in October. These beautiful green spaces are cloaked in vibrant autumn colors, offering perfect spots for leisurely strolls and picnics. 

Immerse yourself in the city’s thriving art and music scene by attending the AFROPUNK Paris (2 day music event), and FIAC – International Contemporary Art Fair, which takes place in October.

It does rain in Paris 8 days of the month – so we recommend preparing for quick splashes!

With its splendid sights, delectable cuisine, and rich culture, Paris in October is an unforgettable travel experience.

Resources : Paris in the fall | Best time to visit Paris

4. Rome, Italy | History, Archaeological Sites, Food, and Autumn Serenity

• Average temperatures: 12 to 22 degrees Celsius (53 to 72 F) 
• October events/festivals: Meditrinalia festival (wine and longevity), Fontinalia festival (October 13th)
• Where to stay: Prassede Palace Hotel

Rome – the Eternal City, a captivating blend of ancient history, vibrant culture, and delectable cuisine, is particularly enchanting in October. 

As the heat of the summer recedes, Rome unveils a softer side with mild temperatures and fewer crowds, making it the best time to explore this timeless city. ( Here is an amazing 4-day Rome itinerary to check off all the highlights)

Embark on a journey through history by visiting the Colosseum , the largest amphitheater ever built, and an iconic symbol of Imperial Rome. Just a short walk away, you’ll find the Roman Forum and Palatine Hill, where the city’s most ancient and significant buildings are located.

No trip to Rome is complete without a visit to the Vatican City . Explore the grandeur of St. Peter’s Basilica and marvel at the masterpieces of Michelangelo in the Sistine Chapel. 

Art lovers can indulge in gallery hopping, with places like the Borghese Gallery exhibiting an impressive collection of sculptures, paintings, and antiquities.

Autumn in Rome is a culinary delight. October sees the arrival of artichoke season, a popular ingredient in Roman dishes. Enjoy a hearty plate of ‘carciofi alla romana’ (Roman-style artichokes) or ‘pasta alla gricia’ (pasta with guanciale and pecorino cheese).

Top it off with a glass of ‘vino novello’, the new wine released in October.

Lastly, the city’s parks, such as Villa Borghese and Villa Doria Pamphili, offer beautiful autumnal landscapes. 

The trails are blanketed with crunchy, colorful leaves, and the air is crisp, providing a perfect backdrop for walks, picnics, or simply unwinding after a day of sightseeing.

From its timeless monuments and vibrant street life to its culinary delights, Rome in October offers an unforgettable, quintessentially Italian experience.

Read: Rome and Amalfi Coast itinerary | Best piazzas in Rome

5. Split, Croatia | History, Nature, and Mediterranean Autumn

• Average temperatures: 14 to 20 degrees Celsius (58 to 68 F) 
• Where to stay: Hotel Split

Split , a stunning city on Croatia’s Dalmatian Coast, is a hidden gem in October. As the peak summer crowds depart, the city reveals a more serene, yet equally vibrant, side that is truly enchanting.

Start your exploration at the Diocletian’s Palace, a UNESCO World Heritage Site. This ancient palace, built by the Roman Emperor Diocletian, today forms about half of the old town of Split. 

Wander through its labyrinthine streets, taking in the historic buildings, lively cafés, and bustling marketplaces.

Visit the Ivan Meštrović Gallery to immerse yourself in the work of Croatia’s most famous sculptor. The gallery is housed in a beautiful villa designed by Meštrović himself and overlooks the sea.

Split’s Riva Promenade is perfect for a leisurely stroll, offering beautiful sea views and lined with palm trees and charming cafés. 

Nearby, you’ll find Marjan Hill, a huge nature park offering panoramic views of the city, the sea, and the surrounding islands. The park, with its pine forest, walking paths, and ancient chapels, is especially beautiful in October as it embraces the Mediterranean autumn.

Croatian cuisine, with its fresh seafood, local meats, and seasonal vegetables, is a gastronomic delight. Try ‘peka’, a traditional Dalmatian dish where meat or fish and vegetables are baked under a bell-like dome, or sample the local wines and olive oils.

For a bit of adventure, take a boat trip to the nearby islands like Hvar or Brač. The weather in October is ideal for exploring these beautiful islands, with their crystal-clear waters, quaint villages, and serene beaches.

Or head to Plitvice Lakes National Park on a day tour. With its breathtaking lakes, valleys, and waterfall cascades, this stunning UNESCO World Heritage Site is a must-visit in October for nature lovers.

In Split, the Mediterranean autumn brings with it a unique blend of history, culture, and nature that will take your breath away. 

Read : Croatia itinerary 10 days | Split or Dubrovnik: Which one to visit

6. Barcelona, Spain | Art, Gastronomy, and Mediterranean Autumn

• Average temperatures: 17 to 23 degrees Celsius (62 to 73 F) 
• October events/festivals: Sitges Film Festival, Barcelona’s Oktoberfest, Halloween parties, BAUM Fest
• Where to stay: Garbi Millenni

Barcelona , the vibrant capital of Catalonia in Spain, is a delightful destination for an October visit. 

As summer crowds recede, the city exudes a more relaxed yet lively atmosphere, with warm days and cool evenings painting a perfect picture of the Mediterranean autumn.

Begin your journey with a visit to the iconic Sagrada Familia, the masterpiece of the city’s beloved architect, Antoni Gaudí. Make sure to also explore other Gaudí’s wonders like Park Güell, Casa Batlló, and Casa Milà, each showcasing his unique architectural style.

Stroll down the famous Las Ramblas, a bustling street lined with shops, cafes, and street performers. Here you’ll find the colorful Mercat de la Boqueria, where you can savor authentic Catalan cuisine, from tapas to fresh seafood. 

October is also the season for wild mushrooms in Catalonia, so don’t miss a chance to try dishes featuring this local delicacy.

For art lovers, Barcelona’s museums offer a feast for the eyes. Visit the Picasso Museum to appreciate the works of Pablo Picasso, or head to the Joan Miró Foundation to delve into the surreal world of Joan Miró.

Barcelona’s parks and beaches take on a different charm in the autumn. The Park de la Ciutadella, with its beautiful lake and monuments, or the sandy beaches like Barceloneta, are perfect for enjoying the autumn sun. It will be slightly chilly for a swim but perfect for a stroll!

Barcelona basks in festivities in October – top events include the Sitges Film Festival, Barcelona’s Oktoberfest, Halloween parties, and BAUM Fest. 

Barcelona in October blends artistic charm, gastronomic delights, and infectious energy, rendering it an alluring stop on your European autumn journey.

Resources : 3 days in Barcelona itinerary | How many days in Barcelona is enough

7. Reykjavik and south coast, Iceland | Northern lights, and the best of crossover month

• Average temperatures: 2 to 7 degrees Celsius (36 to 45 F) with 13 rainy days
• October festivals/events : Film festival
• Where to stay: Center Hotels Plaza

Reykjavik, in Iceland, is a unique destination for October . The country’s capital, Reykjavik, offers a distinct atmosphere during this time of year. 

With its colorful buildings and winding streets against the backdrop of snow-capped mountains, you will love to warm up to a plethora of activities that you can embark on, this month.

Although not winter, you can still enjoy ice caving and glacier hiking at this time. All of the popular day tour routes such as the Golden Circle and South Coast are open for you to explore Iceland’s natural wonders – geysers, waterfalls, and lava fields. 

At this time of year, the skies of Reykjavik and the South Coast offer a chance to witness one of nature’s most spectacular shows – the Northern Lights. Take a night tour boat or join an Aurora hunt for the ultimate experience.

Plan to visit and soak in the warm waters of Blue or Sky Lagoon geothermal spas. 

When you are not adventuring outside of Reykjavik, relish traditional Icelandic cuisines like Lamb Soup and Smoked Arctic Char Fish. Or try the delicacy of fermented shark – an acquired taste, but a must-try for brave foodies!

Resources : What to wear in Iceland in October | Iceland itinerary 5 days

8. Brussels, Belgium | Architecture, Chocolate, and Fall Foliage

• Average temperatures: 8 to 15 degrees Celsius (46 to 59 F) 
• Where to stay: Novotel Brussels City Centre

October in Brussels – the capital city of Belgium , brings out an exceptional charm, unveiling a city that is a crossroads of cultures, languages, and traditions. 

As the leaves change color, its grand architectural buildings, parks, and avenues take on a distinct autumnal vibe that’s nothing short of mesmerizing. Brussels does experience rainy days in October, so pack your waterproof jackets and boots. 

Start your tour of Brussels with the Grand Place, the city’s central square, renowned for its ornate buildings and vibrant atmosphere. 

Surrounded by the stunning Guild houses, the City Hall, and the King’s House, this UNESCO World Heritage site is a must-visit.

Belgium is synonymous with chocolate, and Brussels is its chocolate capital. Don’t miss a visit to some of the city’s top chocolatiers, like Neuhaus or Pierre Marcolini, and take part in a chocolate-making workshop to truly appreciate the Belgian chocolate-making tradition. ( Read: An epic 3 day Belgium itinerary )

Belgian cuisine is another highlight of your visit. Autumn is the perfect season to indulge in dishes like ‘carbonade flamande’, a hearty beef and beer stew, or ‘chicons au gratin’, a gratin of chicory wrapped in ham.

Brussels is home to some fantastic parks that are especially beautiful in October. The Cinquantenaire Park, with its impressive triumphal arch, and the Bois de la Cambre, a large urban park filled with lakes and woods, is ideal for an autumnal stroll amidst vibrant colors.

In terms of culture, visit the Royal Museums of Fine Arts of Belgium, which houses an extensive collection of Flemish art, including works by the likes of Rubens and Bruegel. 

Brussels in October is a delightful blend of cultural richness, gastronomical delights, and stunning autumn scenery, making it a fascinating stop on your European autumn tour.

Read: Brussels in 2 days | One day in Brussels itinerary

9. Amsterdam, Netherlands | Canals, Museums, and Golden Autumn

• Average temperatures: 7 to 15 degrees Celsius (45 to 58 F) 
• October events/festivals: Amsterdam Dance Event, Cinekid Festival (films), Marathon 
• Where to stay: Ambassade Hotel

Amsterdam – famous for its picturesque canals, world-class museums, and vibrant nightlife, takes on a golden glow in October. This enchanting city, with its historic houses and myriad bridges, is a delight to explore during the fall season.

Amsterdam’s canal district, a UNESCO World Heritage Site, is particularly beautiful during autumn. 

Take a canal cruise or simply stroll along the waterways, soaking in the sight of golden leaves adorning the cityscape.

For museum buffs, Amsterdam offers a wealth of options. Visit the Van Gogh Museum to discover the largest collection of works by Vincent van Gogh, or explore the Anne Frank House, a poignant reminder of the city’s WWII history (remember to book your entry tickets ahead of time). 

The Rijksmuseum, home to masterpieces from artists like Rembrandt and Vermeer, is another must-visit. Museums are your best bet during rainy days in Amsterdam (about 11 days of the month). 

Food lovers will be in for a treat in Amsterdam in October. From hearty stamppot (mashed potato dish) to fresh herring, Dutch cuisine offers a unique gastronomic experience. 

Don’t forget to try a slice of Dutch apple pie, a perfect treat for the chilly autumn days.

Amsterdam’s parks, such as the Vondelpark and Amsterdamse Bos, are splendidly colorful in October, offering tranquil spots for leisurely walks or cycling.

If you’re looking to experience a bit of Dutch culture, attend the Amsterdam Dance Event in mid-October. This world’s biggest club festival, spread over almost 200 venues across the city, is a celebration of electronic music.

Resources : Amsterdam Paris and Brussels itinerary

10. Porto, Portugal | History, Wine tastings, and Atlantic Autumn

• Average temperatures: 12 to 21 degrees Celsius (54 to 69 F) 
• October events/festivals: Republic Day in Portugal (October 4th)
• Where to stay: Hotel NH Porto Jardim

Porto, Portugal ‘s charming second city, offers a captivating experience for those visiting in October. As the Atlantic autumn sets in, the city radiates a distinctive charm with milder temperatures, vibrant fall colors, and fewer tourists.

Explore Ribeira – the city’s historic heart and a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Lined with colorful, traditional houses, the district is perfect for strolling along the Douro River, exploring the narrow alleyways, and sampling delicious Portuguese pastries at local cafés.

No visit to Porto would be complete without experiencing its namesake: Port wine. Visit the famous wine cellars of Vila Nova de Gaia, situated across the river from the Ribeira. Here you can learn about the port-making process and indulge in tastings of this rich, sweet wine.

You can also take a day trip to the Douro Valley from Porto for port wine tasting !

October is also a great time to explore the city’s architectural treasures. Visit the stunning Livraria Lello , considered one of the most beautiful bookstores in the world, and the São Bento Railway Station, renowned for its intricate blue-and-white tiled murals. 

Also, don’t miss the impressive Porto Cathedral and the Church of São Francisco, both excellent examples of the city’s historical architectural diversity.

For art enthusiasts, Serralves, a contemporary art museum set within a beautiful park, is a must-visit. And foodies will enjoy Porto’s thriving culinary scene, with its fresh seafood, famous Francesinha sandwich, and, of course, the delectable pastel de nata.

Read : Day trips from Porto Portugal | 3 days in Porto itinerary

11. Mostar, Bosnia and Herzegovina | Historic Charm & Autumn Foliage

• Average temperatures: 12 to 22 degrees Celsius (53 to 71 F) 
• Where to stay: Shangri La Mansion

Mostar, a gem tucked away in Bosnia and Herzegovina , is a delight to visit in October. Its rich history and culture, coupled with picturesque natural landscapes, make Mostar an enticing autumn destination.

In the month of October, the warm temperatures have retreated to a chilly and a cooler breeze which makes outdoor sightseeing and hiking nearby more pleasant. 

Mostar is best recognized by its iconic Stari Most (Old Bridge), a stunning 16th-century Ottoman bridge that links the city’s two sides over the Neretva River. 

During autumn, the view of the bridge with its background of trees draped in fall hues, reflecting in the emerald waters of the river, is truly picturesque.

Mostar’s quaint old town, with its cobbled streets and Ottoman-style houses, is perfect for leisurely strolls. Visit the Koski Mehmed Paša Mosque for a glimpse into the city’s culture and history. 

For a unique dining experience, head to one of Mostar’s traditional restaurants and savor local delicacies such as cevapi (grilled minced meat) and burek (stuffed pastry), paired with a cup of Bosnian coffee.

To explore more of Herzegovina, plan to take a day trip to the nearby Blagaj Tekke, a Dervish monastery nestled by the Buna River at the base of a cliff. Its tranquil ambiance and stunning natural surroundings make it a perfect spot for contemplation and relaxation.

October in Mostar offers a delightful blend of historic charm, local culture, and stunning autumnal landscapes, making it a must-visit on any European autumn tour. Soak in the city’s unique ambiance and find your own piece of Bosnian charm this fall!

12. Luxembourg City, Luxembourg | Castles, Forests, and Autumn Festivals

• Average temperatures: 6 to 13 degrees Celsius (43 to 56 F) 
• Where to stay: Hotel Le Place d’Armes

October is a marvelous time to visit Luxembourg City, the capital of the small and scenic country of Luxembourg . 

Nestled among rolling hills and deep forests, the city is known for its well-preserved medieval fortifications, and the autumn season only adds to its enchanting beauty.

Begin your visit at the UNESCO World Heritage Site, the Old Quarter, and its Fortress. The ancient walls and towers, cloaked in the radiant colors of the fall, offer breathtaking views of the surrounding countryside. 

The Bock Casemates, a network of underground tunnels and galleries, are another must-visit historical attraction.

One of the city’s most beautiful green spaces, Pétrusse Valley, is a sight to behold in October. Its lush foliage takes on spectacular shades of red, orange, and yellow, making it an ideal spot for a relaxing stroll or a picnic.

If you’re a fan of art, you’re in for a treat. The city boasts several noteworthy museums, including the Museum of Modern Art Grand-Duc Jean (MUDAM) and the National Museum of History and Art.

Luxembourg’s food scene is also quite fascinating. Connoisseurs of fine dining can look forward to sampling traditional dishes like judd mat gaardebounen, (smoked pork neck with broad beans), or delicious plum tarts, perfect for the autumn season.

To sum it up, Luxembourg City in October is a dazzling blend of history, culture, and natural beauty, accentuated by the allure of autumn. This pocket-sized city packs a punch, promising an autumnal European experience like no other.

Resources: One day in Luxembourg itinerary

13. Dublin, Ireland | History, Literature, and Harvest Festivals

• Average temperatures: 7 to 14 degrees Celsius (44 to 57 F) 
• October events/festivals: Dublin Theatre Festival
• Where to stay: Hendrick Smithfield

October is a fantastic time to visit Dublin, the vibrant capital of Ireland. This city, steeped in history and literature, radiates a unique charm in the autumn season.

Dublin ‘s rich history can be explored through its impressive architecture. Start with a visit to Dublin Castle, a historic fortress at the heart of the city, where you can discover centuries of Irish history. 

The Trinity College, home to the famous Book of Kells, is another must-see. Stroll around its historic campus and marvel at the Long Room, one of the world’s most beautiful libraries.

Literature enthusiasts will find plenty to love in Dublin. This city, the birthplace of famous writers like James Joyce and Oscar Wilde, celebrates its literary heritage in October with the International Literature Festival Dublin.

Engage with writers, poets, and artists from around the world during this week-long literary celebration.

Dublin’s food scene is not one to be missed. Local and seasonal produce take center stage in the city’s restaurants during the autumn. 

Try a traditional Irish stew or savor fresh seafood in Dublin’s coastal restaurants. To accompany your meal, enjoy a pint of Guinness, a staple of Irish culture.

Nature lovers will appreciate the beauty of Phoenix Park and St. Stephen’s Green during the autumn, where leaves turn into a breathtaking palette of oranges and yellows. And don’t forget to join in the fun at the Halloween celebrations, for which Ireland is famous.

Fall also marks the harvest season in Ireland, and Dublin celebrates it with the annual Orchard Harvest Festival (in September), a delightful experience featuring local produce, live music, and traditional Irish dancing. Early October can still present lovely harvest events to partake in. 

In October, you can attend the Dublin Theatre Festival, one of the oldest theatre festivals in Europe. 

Resources : 2 days in Dublin itinerary | Ireland itinerary 4 days

14. Athens, Greece | Ancient History, Mediterranean Cuisine, and Autumn Festivities

• Average temperatures: 15 to 23 degrees Celsius (60 to 74 F) 
• October events/festivals: Athens International Film Festival,  Baroque Festival, International Halloween Festival
• Where to stay: Arion Athens Hotel

October is a pleasing time to visit Athens, the capital of Greece, steeped in ancient history and vibrant culture. As the city transitions into autumn, the weather softens, making it an ideal time for sightseeing and exploring. 

The temperatures are bearable for outdoor sightseeing and the city experiences about 4 rainy days. 

Your historical exploration of Athens should start with a visit to the Acropolis, an ancient citadel situated on a rocky outcrop above the city. 

Home to historical ruins such as the Parthenon, the Erechtheion, and the Temple of Athena Nike, the Acropolis offers a fascinating glimpse into the city’s ancient past. 

Don’t miss the Acropolis Museum, which houses a wealth of artifacts from the archaeological site.

The National Archaeological Museum, housing one of the world’s most comprehensive collections of artifacts from Greek antiquity, is another must-visit. 

For those interested in the city’s more recent history, a visit to the National Historical Museum is recommended.

When it comes to food, Athens presents a delightful culinary experience. Sample traditional Greek dishes such as moussaka, souvlaki, and tzatziki. October is also the season for wine harvests in Greece, so don’t miss out on tasting some exceptional local wines.

Nature in Athens takes a turn for the picturesque in October. The National Garden, a beautiful green retreat in the heart of the city, is a pleasure to walk around, with its diverse flora taking on a medley of autumn colors.

Last but not least, October brings with it amazing festivals in Athens from the International Film Festival, and Baroque Festival to the Halloween Festival. 

15. Venice, Italy | Art, Architecture, and Autumn Serenity

• Average temperatures: 10 to 18 degrees Celsius (50 to 65 F) 
• January events/festivals: Venice Marathon (end of October)
• Where to stay: The St. Regis Venice

October is an inviting time to explore Venice , the enchanting city of canals in Italy. This time of year sees fewer tourists, allowing you to experience the city with a sense of tranquility that’s hard to find during the bustling summer months.

Venture into the city that’s an art and architecture lover’s dream. The iconic St. Mark’s Square and Basilica, the Doge’s Palace, and the Rialto Bridge are must-see landmarks. 

Take your time to appreciate the intricate details of Venetian Gothic architecture, a characteristic feature of this magical city.

Art aficionados can delve into the city’s rich artistic heritage at the Gallerie dell’Accademia, which houses pre-19th century art, or the Peggy Guggenheim Collection, known for its modern art pieces. 

Venetian cuisine is another highlight of your October visit. Savor traditional dishes like “risotto al nero di seppia” (cuttlefish risotto) or “fegato alla veneziana” (Venetian-style liver). Don’t forget to sample the fresh seafood that Venice is famous for.

October is the time to witness the transition of the city’s waterways and canals, and without a lot of crowds, you can easily book and enjoy a gondola ride !

The cooler weather and the misty atmosphere add a unique charm to the city’s picturesque landscapes.

Finally, participate in the Venice Marathon held annually in October. Whether you’re an athlete or a spectator, the marathon offers a unique way to discover the city, as it winds through historical sites, along the canals, and into the heart of Venice.

Resources: Best Italy souvenirs | 2 days in Venice itinerary

16. Edinburgh, Scotland, United Kingdom | Medieval Halloween Celebrations

• Average temperatures: 6 to 13 degrees Celsius (43 to 55 F) 
• October events/festivals: Halloween Festival at the Botanic Gardens (Halloween Trail)
• Where to stay: Moxy Edinburgh Fountainbridge

Edinburgh , Scotland’s enchanting capital, is another great autumn destination. October brings with it the spooky atmosphere of Halloween, and Edinburgh is the perfect place to celebrate this unique festival.

Visit the old town’s medieval quarter for a truly special experience – cobbled lanes lined with haunted houses and mysterious alleys add to the historic atmosphere. Take part in a haunted tour of the city, and explore mysterious dungeons and dark catacombs.

Visit the eerie underground vaults or take part in a ghost hunt at Edinburgh Castle. You can also head to Samhain Cemetery Tours for some spine-chilling fun! 

Don’t miss the annual Halloween Festival at the Botanic Gardens, with its spectacular fireworks display (they are open from 14 to 31 October).

Edinburgh is filled with lovely cafés and pubs, perfect for an autumnal treat. Enjoy a hearty ‘haggis’ or try some traditional Scottish fare like ‘Cullen Skink’, a creamy smoked haddock soup. 

Don’t forget to sample some whisky – this city is Scotland’s whiskey capital!

For beautiful views of the city, take a tour of Edinburgh Castle or the Royal Mile. Or visit Calton Hill for stunning views across the city and out to sea.

Read: United Kingdom itinerary 10 days

17. Valletta, Malta | History, Sea, and the Mediterranean Sun

• Average temperatures: 18 to 25 degrees Celsius (64 to 74 F) 
• October events/festivals: Notte Bianca
• Where to stay:   La Falconeria Hotel

Visit the sun-kissed capital of Malta, Valletta in October. The city, located on a peninsula between two beautiful harbors, is rich in history and culture, and October’s mild climate is perfect for exploring its many wonders.

Start your journey at the city’s heart, the St. John’s Co-Cathedral, a gem of Baroque art and architecture. Be sure not to miss the Grand Master’s Palace, which houses an impressive armory and tapestry collection. 

The city’s unique history is also reflected in its robust fortifications, such as Fort St. Elmo and the Saluting Battery (which takes place every day), which offer spectacular views of the surrounding sea.

Art aficionados will appreciate the city’s thriving art scene, with the National Museum of Fine Arts and the contemporary art space, Spazju Kreattiv, being notable mentions.

The city also hosts the Notte Bianca in October (the first Saturday of the month), a night-long celebration of people, culture, and arts. The streets light up with life, music, and dance, making it a fantastic time to experience the local culture.

Valletta’s culinary delights are as diverse as its history. From traditional Maltese rabbit stew to fresh seafood, the city’s gastronomy mirrors its Mediterranean locale. As the sun sets, enjoy a glass of local Maltese wine in one of the city’s many wine bars.

Nature lovers can enjoy serene walks along the city’s fortified walls, offering panoramic views of the Mediterranean Sea. A boat trip across the stunning Grand Harbor is also a must-do.

In essence, Valletta in October is a Mediterranean dream, steeped in history, flavored with delightful cuisine, and wrapped in a vibrant culture. This charming city, bathed in the golden autumn sun, promises an unforgettable experience.

18. Bruges, Belgium | Medieval Charm, Best Views, Chocolate, and Autumnal Splendor

• Average temperatures: 3 to 8 degrees Celsius (49 to 58 F) 
• October events/festivals: Saint-Gilles for Halloween night
• Where to stay: Bryghia Hotel

October is an enchanting time to visit Bruges , often referred to as the “Venice of the North”. This medieval city in Belgium, with its charming brick buildings and winding canals, is especially picturesque in the autumn.

Bruges in October is not super crowded and it can be a refreshing change from the busy summer or winter/ Christmas market season.

Your journey in Bruges should start with a visit to the historic city center, a UNESCO World Heritage Site. The cobblestone streets, lined with medieval buildings, take on a special charm under the vibrant colors of the autumn leaves. 

Journey to the top of the Belfry, a towering medieval bell tower, for panoramic views of the city and beyond.

Bruges is also a paradise for art lovers. Visit the Groeningemuseum, home to an extensive collection of Flemish and Belgian paintings. The Church of Our Lady, featuring Michelangelo’s Madonna and Child, is another must-see.

No visit to Bruges would be complete without indulging in Belgian chocolate. Delight your taste buds with a variety of chocolates from the city’s numerous chocolatiers. Pair it with a tasting tour of the local Belgian beers, another hallmark of the region.

For nature enthusiasts, a boat ride along the canals (with last sailings at 5:30 pm) or a leisurely walk in Minnewater Park, also known as “Lake of Love”, is a wonderful way to soak in the autumnal beauty of Bruges.

The park, with its tranquil lake and beautiful swans, is particularly stunning in October as the leaves change color.

Lastly, add a trip to Saint-Gilles for a scary Halloween night on October 31st.

19. Zermatt, Switzerland | Alpine Beauty, Small Town vibes, Adventure, and Relaxation

• Average temperatures: 2 to 12 degrees Celsius (36 to 53 F) 
• October events/festivals: Zermatt Unplugged Kaufleuten (music festival)
• Where to stay: Hotel Bella Vista Zermatt

October presents a unique opportunity to experience Zermatt, a captivating alpine village in Switzerland. 

Nestled at the foot of the Matterhorn, one of the world’s most famous mountains, Zermatt combines breathtaking natural scenery, rich outdoor activities, and the serenity of a car-free village.

A visit to Zermatt isn’t complete without marveling at the majesty of the Matterhorn. While the mountain’s peak is visible from almost anywhere in the village, a cable car trip to the Mount Gornergrat offers panoramic views of the Matterhorn and surrounding Alps.

Zermatt is also the gateway to a plethora of outdoor activities. Even in October, you can ski on the glacier, hike one of the many trails, or mountain bike through the picturesque landscape. 

The Klein Matterhorn glacier is accessible all year round, providing an extensive network of slopes spanning up to 20 km (12.4 miles).

For those who enjoy the quieter things, Zermatt offers a wealth of relaxation opportunities. Enjoy a wellness day in one of the many spa hotels, taking advantage of their thermal baths, saunas, and treatments. 

Or stroll through the car-free village, exploring its charming chalet-style buildings, quaint shops, and excellent dining options. Swiss cuisine, from hearty raclette and fondue to delectable chocolate, is a highlight not to be missed.

In October, Zermatt also hosts the Zermatt Unplugged Kaufleuten, a music festival featuring acoustic performances by international and local artists. It’s a celebration of music in one of the world’s most beautiful settings.

20. The Algarve, Portugal | Sun, Sea, and Scenic Beauty

• Average temperatures: 18 to 24 degrees Celsius (64.4 to 75.2 F) 
• October events/festivals: Tango Beach Festival, Atman Festival Portugal, Classic Festival, Republic Day in Portugal (October 4th)
• Where to stay: Marina Club Lagos Resort (Lagos)

October is the perfect time to explore the Algarve, Portugal’ s southernmost region renowned for its sun-soaked beaches, charming fishing villages, and world-class golf courses. 

As the summer crowds recede, visitors can enjoy the region’s beauty at a much relaxed pace.

In October, the weather in Algarve is delightful and temperate, with daytime temperatures averaging up to 23ºC (73.4 F).

A trip to the Algarve in October should definitely include a visit to the region’s stunning coastline. 

The beaches of Praia da Marinha or Praia de Benagil, with their turquoise waters and dramatic cliff formations, are truly breathtaking. Take a boat tour to experience the full grandeur of the region’s sea caves and grottos.

Explore the region’s charming towns and villages. Lagos, with its historic walled town and bustling marina, offers a mix of culture and entertainment. 

Tavira, known for its traditional architecture and Roman bridge, is a charming escape where you can experience the quieter side of the Algarve.

Golf enthusiasts can take advantage of the pleasant October weather and enjoy a round of golf at one of the Algarve’s many world-class golf courses. 

Foodies will delight in the Algarve’s culinary offerings. Fresh seafood, particularly the region’s sardines and oysters, are a must-try. Pair this with a glass of Vinho Verde, a young Portuguese wine, for an authentic Algarvian dining experience.

Nature lovers can visit the Ria Formosa Natural Park, a series of lagoons and marshlands that host a variety of bird species, making it a wonderful spot for bird-watching.

Read : Portugal in 8 days | Best things to buy in Portugal

21. Santorini, Greece | Sunsets, Sea, and Spectacular Vistas

• Average temperatures: 17 to 22 degrees Celsius (63 to 72 F) 
• October events/festivals: Ifestia Festival (22nd October), Feast of St. Demetrius (Ayios Dimitrios)
• Where to stay: Villa Dima or La Perla Villas

October is a great month to visit Santorini, a picturesque island in Greece’s Aegean Sea, well-known for its stunning sunsets, beautiful beaches, and enchanting towns. As the high tourist season winds down, visitors are left with more room to explore the island’s unique beauty.

Santorini’s sunsets are legendary, and the village of Oia provides an unrivaled view of this breathtaking spectacle. The sun setting over the Aegean Sea, painting the sky in hues of pink and gold, is an experience to behold.

The island’s volcanic history has led to the formation of unique beaches. Visit the Red Beach, named after its red volcanic sand, or the White Beach, accessible only by boat and a treasure for seekers of tranquility.

Walking through the charming towns of Fira and Oia, with their narrow, winding streets, whitewashed buildings, and blue-domed churches, feels like stepping into a postcard. The towns are situated on a cliff, providing panoramic views of the surrounding sea and the island’s volcanic caldera.

Santorini’s local cuisine is a feast for the senses. Savor local dishes like Fava, a yellow split pea puree, or a Greek salad made with local cherry tomatoes and cucumbers. Don’t forget to try a glass of Santorini’s famous Assyrtiko wine.

For history enthusiasts, a visit to the archaeological site of Akrotiri, an ancient Minoan city preserved under volcanic ash, is highly recommended.

In October, Santorini hosts the Ifestia Festival, a celebration of the island’s volcanic history where the night sky is lit up with fireworks, reenacting the volcanic eruption that shaped the island.

22. Canary Islands, Spain | Sun, Surf, and Spectacular Landscapes

• Average temperatures: 21 to 27 degrees Celsius (69.8 to 80.6 F) only 2 days of rain
• October events/festivals: Fiestas de la Nava
• Where to stay: Santa Catalina Queen

October is a delightful time to visit the Canary Islands, an archipelago off the coast of northwestern Africa. The islands, known for their pleasant climate, vibrant beaches, and diverse landscapes, offer an unforgettable holiday experience.

We recommend packing lightweight and breathable clothing as the days are typically hot with pleasant evenings. The average daily maximum temperature hovers around 27 degrees Celsius (80.6 F), while the average daily minimum temperature drops to 21 degrees Celsius (69.8 F).

At this time of the year, the weather is just right for beach activities. The Canary Islands boast some of the most beautiful beaches in Spain. 

The golden sands of Corralejo Dunes in Fuerteventura, the black volcanic sands of Playa Jardin in Tenerife, or the turquoise waters of Playa de Papagayo in Lanzarote, all offer unique seaside experiences.

For surf enthusiasts, October is the start of the surf season, with good swells and warm water. El Cotillo in Fuerteventura, Playa de Las Americas in Tenerife, and Famara in Lanzarote are popular surfing spots.

The Canary Islands also offer some remarkable hiking opportunities. The volcanic landscapes of Timanfaya National Park in Lanzarote, the ancient forests of Garajonay National Park in La Gomera, or the majestic peak of Mount Teide in Tenerife are awe-inspiring.

Canarian cuisine is a delightful blend of Spanish, African, and Latin American influences. Don’t miss tasting Papas Arrugadas (wrinkled potatoes) served with Mojo sauce, or Gofio, a traditional Canarian flour used in a variety of dishes.

Every October, in La Isleta, vibrant celebrations take place to pay homage to Our Lady of La Luz, the patron saint of the Port and the protector of Las Palmas de Gran Canaria. 

These festivities, known as Fiestas de la Naval, commemorate the island’s victorious defense against the ill-fated assault led by the British pirates Francis Drake and John Hawkins in October 1595.

Should you visit Europe in October?

Yes, it is worth visiting Europe in October!

A trip to Europe in October offers an enriching experience. Whether it’s the breathtaking sunsets of Santorini, the sun-soaked beaches of the Canary Islands, or the historic sites of Athens, there’s  with plenty of things to do and see, to engage in and discover amazing places without the crowds. 

October’s milder climate and cooler temperatures make sightseeing a pleasure, and the array of cultural events and festivals brings each destination to life. So, if you’re contemplating a European getaway, October is an excellent time to immerse yourself in the continent’s diverse culture, history, and natural beauty. 

More Europe travel guides:

• Best fall destinations in Europe
• Best cities to visit in Europe in November
• Warm places and popular destinations in Europe in December
• Most beautiful places in Europe
• 2 days in Prague Czech Republic

Pin: Europe in October: Best places to visit in October in Europe Travel Inspiration

Mayuri is the founder & editor of ToSomePlaceNew. An Indian-Canadian globetrotter, she has traveled to over 100 cities and 40+ countries.

Mayuri has a graduate degree in History and is an MBA. She loves traveling the world particularly Europe, capturing historical nuances, and discussing that over a cup of coffee with her husband, Salil. 

She has lived in Portugal, Canada and India.

Similar Posts

Most Beautiful Churches in Vienna (& How to Visit Them)

Need inspiration for stunning churches in Vienna to add to your Austria itinerary? We got you covered!  Vienna is a city of rich cultural heritage and architectural wonders. Among these are the many churches that have stood in the Old Town for years, showcasing the rich history and artistic legacy. Why not visit some of…

Husafell Canyon Baths Review & Tips

Imagine a place where you could enjoy the stunning beauty of Iceland without any distractions. One such spot is Husafell Canyon Baths. It is located in western Iceland and is home to two hot pools that have been built using sustainable technologies.  The surrounding landscape here will make your heart sing – it’s out of…

What to buy in Portugal? 29 Best Portugal Souvenirs

Looking for the best Portugal souvenirs? We got you covered! Portugal is one of the most beautiful countries in Europe, and it’s easy to see why you would want to take a piece of it back home with you. The country boasts lots of stunning beaches, medieval architecture, and delicious food. So, if you’re planning…

59 Paris Gifts: Amazing Paris Themed Gifts for 2023

Need Paris gifts for someone special in your life? I got you covered. I have been collecting Paris themed gifts for years, and this obsession continues after our visit to the city of love.  The Eiffel Tower insignia is my absolute favorite. I probably own far too many of them – from small metal tower…

One Day in Edinburgh Itinerary: See Edinburgh in a day

Want to see everything in Edinburgh in a day? The Scottish capital boasts of history, culture, and nature. It is a UNESCO World Heritage Site as well, and to explore it all with ease, you will need our one day in Edinburgh itinerary!  So here it is! One Day in Edinburgh Itinerary: Visit Edinburgh in…

Brussels or Bruges: Which Belgian City Should You Visit?

Planning a trip to Belgium and wondering which Belgian city to add to your itinerary? Should you spend that extra day in Brussels or Bruges (or another city)? Don’t worry! We got you covered.  This is exactly what we researched before planning our very first Amsterdam Brussels and Paris itinerary. And today we will be…

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

• Inspiration
• Destinations
• Places To Stay
• Style & Culture
• Food & Drink
• Wellness & Spas
• News & Advice
• Partnerships
• Traveller's Directory
• Travel Tips
• Competitions

Where is hot in Europe in October? 13 sizzling destinations

All products are independently selected by our editors. If you buy something, we may earn an affiliate commission.

As autumn edges closer and the leaves begin to fall, we often find ourselves asking, “Where is hot in Europe in October?”. Bank accounts are still recovering from a summer of festivals and peak-season trips, but the desire to extend the season and top up vitamin D without the long-haul flight time is strong. After all, October is the clever traveller's favourite time to go on holiday. The high-summer crowds have melted away and the kids are back in school – bar the October half-term – but much of southern Europe continues to sizzle. Best of all, prices are often much more affordable in this shoulder season as hotels, resorts, and restaurants start to pack down and fill rooms before closing for the winter. From dreamy Italian hideouts to Greek isle idylls and the sandy shores of Turkey’s southern coast, these are our favourite hot places in Europe in October.

For more general inspiration across the globe, guaranteed sun aside, see our guide to where to go on holiday in October .

Where is the hottest place in Europe in October?

The paradisical island of Cyprus is often considered the hottest place in Europe in October. The ‘season’ lasts so long here that many seasonal resorts remain open well into November, while those in nearby Turkey and Greece close their doors in October. According to the NOAA (National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration), the average daily high in Larnaca is 28°C.

Is Greece warm in October?

While temperatures in the northernmost regions of Greece plummet towards the end of October, the south coast of the mainland and the Greek islands below retain warm temperatures late into the month. The average daily high in Chania – Crete’s second city – is 24°C, making it a great shoulder season destination with its abundance of history and culture.

Is it hot in Italy in October?

Similarly to Greece, we’re big fans of Italy in October. The summer crowds are easing off and, while it’s still hot in October, it’s not too hot to embark on day trips, hike through national parks and lounge on the beaches. If in doubt, head for the islands – the average daily temperatures of between 19°C and 24°C on Sicily’s beautiful beach are *chef’s kiss*.

Average October high: 27°C

Summer lingers longer in Cyprus than anywhere else in the Mediterranean, making it one of the best destinations in October for committed beach lovers. Down in Europe ’s southeastern corner, this all-year-round island is on a latitude with Morocco and Iran and consequently, October days are properly hot and sunny – around the high 20s even at the end of the month and into November. Airlines also fly direct from the UK year-round, so it’s a brilliantly easy and affordable option for a beach holiday during the October half term when prices for its increasingly smart seaside resorts plummet. Lounge on the pristine shores and splash around in the turquoise waters – while folks back home start dusting off their winterwear.

Where to stay: On a shore outside Paphos, the Almyra is the chic younger sister to the island’s original five-star Anassa. Its whitewashed terraces overlook the sea, there’s an extensive spa, and the concierge team can arrange immersive experiences revealing the real Cyprus.

Average October high: 22°C

On autumn days when the Sirocco blows across from the Sahara, hot and dry, Sicily swelters. Residents of its towns and cities leave the sultry Baroque streets and head to the nearest sandy shore to swim. Those days aside, temperatures still average 24ºC by day, and nights rarely get cold. The lidos are quieter in autumn if you favour drinks delivered to your sunbed. As for those wild white stretches of sand and the protected coastal parks – Selinunte and Vendicari, for example – you may find yourself alone on them. On an island where food and drink are exalted, autumn is just about the most important time of the year. As well as various local harvest festivals, the big shebang is La Vendemmia: grape harvest. The flavours of October : light fresh whites, musky just-dug truffles and porcini with linguine, Mount Etna honey drizzled over local cheese.

Where to stay: For wine, food and beaches, La Foresteria on the Planeta wine estate in the southwest is a superb place to stay. Vineyards stretch away from your lavender-scented terrace and towards the sea, and Selinunte is a 15-minute drive. For something closer to the action, we recommend Villa Igiea, a Rocco Forte Hotel , one of the grandest hotels in Palermo.

Average October high: 24°C

The birthplace of Zeus, Aphrodite, Apollo, and all Western civilisation, Crete is a myth made real. Greece ’s biggest island has heavenly beaches, bays of electric blue, fertile slopes, and a summer season long enough for a beach holiday in October. Wise the traveller who comes in autumn, when days are still mainly sunny and warm, and the sea temperatures high enough for swimming. You can wander the ancient temples and the Palace of Knossos crowd-free and do as locals do, eating at family-run restaurants in the hillside villages – the island’s food scene is starting to be talked about.

Where to stay: Mirabello Bay and the spiffed-up fishing village of Elounda are where you’ll find Crete’s numerous smart five-star resorts, among which Daios Cove guarantees good times for couples and families alike. Alternatively, settle into Elounda Mare Hotel , part of the Relais & Chateaux group, on the north coast, for breathtaking sea views and an elegant, laid-back atmosphere.

4. Calabria

Average October high: 23°C

While autumn paints the hills of Tuscany gold and brings rain to Milan, down in the toe of Italy, the little-visited region of Calabria is still basking in sunshine for most of October, with temperatures bobbing around 23ºC. Calabria also has some of the best beaches in all of Italy: silvery sandy shores and clear blue waters of the Ionian and Tyrrhenian seas. They say the further south you go in this country, the friendlier the people, and its seaside villages and hilltop towns offer a warm welcome and a laidback vibe that’s like an Italy of long ago.

Where to stay: Set in gardens of palms and Mediterranean pines, Villa Paola is the prettiest shell-pink and white villa on the edge of the seaside village of Tropea.

Average October high: 25°C

This curiously British outpost in the Mediterranean has long been popular for bucket-and-spade breaks – it’s hot, it’s got beaches, they serve chips and speak English, for goodness’ sake. History lovers have always known that Malta is a lot more than that, with its fascinatingly complicated history – it’s been taken over by Arabic, Italian and British occupations over the years, each civilisation leaving its own traces behind. In recent years Malta has started to garner attention for its culture and food scenes. The capital, Valletta, has one of the most beautiful harbours anywhere in the world and is home to ION Harbour by Simon Rogan, Malta’s only two-Michelin-starred restaurant. For culture vultures, there’s MICAS (Malta International Contemporary Arts Space), which is set to house exhibitions sure to elevate Malta on the global arts stage when it opens at the end of October 2024.

Where to stay: Iniala Harbour House is Malta’s swishest hotel. Its fine-dining restaurant Ion was recently awarded its second Michelin star for its inventive dishes served on a rooftop terrace with knockout views over Valletta’s Grand Harbour.

Something curious happens to Ibiza in October. Following an unsettled September, when sweltering days roll suddenly dark with thunderstorms, and despite its location in the northwest of the Mediterranean, October invariably settles into an Indian summer on the island, which has become a year-round destination for anyone seeking wellness, walking, beach time and good food, rather than parties. “Half term is always heavenly on the island – it’s around 26-28 degrees,” says Ibiza fixer Serena Cook of Deliciously Sorted , who lives here year-round. “October is one of my favourite months. The longer season is much more pastoral and intimate and soulful.”

Where to stay: The superlative new Six Senses Ibiza offers an elegant base on the more chilled-out north of the island – perfect for all things wellness and rejuvenation. Closer to the action are the side-by-side complexes of Mondrian Ibiza and HYDE; ideal choices for both families and partygoers in search of a final hurrah.

7. Bodrum Peninsula

Average October high: 26°C

Locals will tell you that October is their favourite time on the Bodrum Peninsula, where the golden sunlight glitters on waters glassy-flat around inlets and islands. The Aegean is like a bath, warmed all summer. The days are hot and ripe for exploring Turkey ’s forested coast by boat or by jeep. The food, which has always focused on the local and seasonal, is exceptional in autumn when the bounty of harvest combines with the freshest fish and seafood. And though it’s quiet, you can always find a sunset buzz. Recent summers have seen Bodrum gain international attention, with a flurry of new openings such as Scorpios Bodrum (the first all-villa property from the team behind the Myconian beach club) and the adjacent Maxx Royal leading to a glitzy “ Bodrum Boom ”.

Where to stay: Macakizi is widely regarded as the OG uber-luxe hotel on these shores. Check-in for a stay or dine in one of the sleek restaurants, and you’ll undoubtedly be among the stars of Turkish – and international – stage, screen and song.

Deep down south in the Dodecanese, Rhodes is still hot in October, and airlines still fly direct to the Greek Island holiday favourite. Days are mainly dry, hot and sunny, with temperatures around 26ºC right through to November , with cooler evenings, though the sea remains invitingly warm. Too often dismissed as a package holiday destination, Rhodes still has pockets of charm – enough for Jackie O and Aristotle to swing by on their honeymoon and dine beneath the grapevines at Mavrikos, in the mosaic-stone lanes of old Lindos. Besides beach days, there’s lots to do here in the way of history and culture, so October is the perfect time to visit to avoid sweat impairing your views of ancient architecture.

Where to stay: The Ixian Grand & All Suites is an adults-only hotel towards the island’s northernmost tip. Sun-soaked days can easily transition into orange-sky evenings on the beach before Mediterranean and Japanese-Peruvian fusion feasts in the chic restaurants.

9. Cadiz and the Coast of Light

On Andalucia ’s Costa de la Luz – Coast of Light – the creamy-white harbour city of Cadiz dazzles. It has fire and passion in its soul, cooking and flamenco dancing. While tourists tread furrows to neighbouring Seville and Granada , the sherry bars of Cadiz remain overlooked, but its authentic spirit makes it an appealing alternative for Hispanophiles wanting to dig a little deeper. It’s also in a plum position for heading to the Costa’s white-sand beaches stretching down to Tarifa and exploring the region’s pueblas blancas . Of these, Vejer de la Frontera is an absolute gem, with its artisan boutiques, a cutting-edge food scene with influences from Morocco across the strait, and a burgeoning collection of gorgeous little places to stay.

Where to stay: The beautifully designed Plaza 18 in Vejer de la Frontera is one of Spain’s loveliest hotels; while its sister Hotel Madreselva is on the coast looking out towards Africa .

10. Lanzarote

For many, Lanzarote is the loveliest of the Canary Islands , where you can find sheltered sandy bays out of the wind or great stretches of beach for surfing and windsurfing. There are dramatic volcanic interiors for walking and art and architecture in the legacy of island son Cesar Manrique, including the incredible cactus garden at Guatiza. October is still summertime on the year-round island of Lanzarote, where temperatures hover around 27º to 28ºC, and there are more than 300 days of sunshine a year.

Where to stay: Eco-friendly Finca Malvasia , with its one villa, three apartments and two suites set around a central pool, is set among the vineyards and volcanic hills of the central wine region of La Geria. Famara Beach is only a 10-minute drive away.

11. The Algarve

Despite being on many travellers' radars for some years now, the Algarve – tucked into the south of Portugal – has held onto much of its untouched magic. Of course, there are mega-resorts and beach clubs, but much of this region still feels off the beaten track. In October, temperatures skim an average high of 23ºC, which makes for perfect beach days and tolerable sea swimming. Take it slow in tiny Portuguese villages (don't miss Cacela Velha) or head to lively beach restaurants – we love beach shack Vila Joya Sea.

Where to stay: Casa Mae is a cute, pastel-hued guesthouse with a gorgeous pool, sea-view rooms and beautifully designed interiors.

12. Antalya, Turkey

Having long favoured the shores of Bodrum, Kalkan and Marmaris, Brits are increasingly familiarising themselves with all Antalya has to offer. The wider region, which branches out in either direction from the heart of the city, has long been a favourite among Russian-speaking travellers. However, the appeal of these resorts is universal as they continue to up their game. There are stunning natural sites that the balmier October temperatures (July and August are scorching) make more bearable, such as Kurşunlu Waterfall and Beydağları Coastal National Park.

Where to stay: All-inclusives don’t come much glitzier than Maxx Royal Kemer . Villas are akin to London townhouses, except with direct access to sprawling swimming pools, while anything you could possibly wish to consume is just a short walk – or a phone call – away.

13. Kos, Greece

The third-largest Dodecanese island comes alive at the end of March, and things tend to stay pretty lively until the early autumn, when restaurant owners in seasonal towns shut up for a well-deserved four-month break. It’s as well-known for it’s ancient Roman and Greek landmarks as it is for its stunning beaches and crystal-clear waters, so it’s a great place for intergenerational escapes where those with itchy feet team up with committed beach bums.

Where to stay: OKU Kos is undoubtedly one of the island’s sleekest properties. Join the aesthetes and check in for lazy poolside days and hammock lounging.

• Skip to right header navigation
• Skip to main content
• Skip to primary sidebar

Follow Me Away

Couples Travel & Travel Photography Blog

• Middle East
• North America
• South America
• Photography
• Travel Tips

Best Time To Visit Europe: Exactly When To Go And When To Avoid

December 22, 2023 //  by  Follow Me Away //   Leave a Comment

Wondering when is the best time to visit Europe? I’ve got you covered! 

Most believe the best time to go to Europe is May to September. I have traveled to various places in Europe during all the seasons and let me tell you each season has its charm, as well as pros and cons!

In this guide, I’ll take you through the seasons and months so you can make the best decision for your circumstances. I’ll walk you through the least crowded and cheapest time to visit Europe, where to go for warm weather, where you might find snow, and where you are likely to find a great deal.  

No matter your preferences, from exploring northern Europe to wandering through quaint towns in eastern Europe, each month and season offers unique experiences and varying temperatures. Whichever European destination you are thinking of visiting this guide will help you.

When is the best time to visit Europe?

While most believe May to September is the best time to visit Europe, I prefer to opt for the shoulder season, which falls from April to June and September to October . During these periods, the weather tends to be delightfully mild across most regions, the crowds are fewer and the prices are lower. 

I’m lucky enough that I can travel whenever I want though so I know this isn’t the perfect time for everyone. I find the answer to this is very personal and lies in knowing what you’re looking for in your travel experience.

If you are looking for a beach holiday then southern Europe in the summer is best, or winter in western Europe for snow, northern Europe is wonderful in the spring as is western Europe. And for fall colors western and eastern Europe tend to be the best. 

When to go to Europe depends on your budget, your tolerance for crowds, what weather you prefer, the part of Europe you are visiting, and the activities you want to take part in. 

What Is The Worst Time To Go To Europe?

For me, the worst time to go to Europe is during the summer months . I have little tolerance for crowds and in the summer months, nearly everywhere in Europe is at its busiest and most expensive. 

I also find the shorter days in winter hard to cope with and while it may be quieter the six to seven hours of daylight does not leave me in the best of moods. 

The worst time to visit Europe primarily depends on your tolerance for crowds, high prices, weather, and daylight hours.  

If you don’t tolerate crowds, like me, and don’t want to pay over the odds, stay away from the summer months. If you don’t like cooler temperatures and shorter daylight hours stay away from winter. 

What Is The Cheapest month to travel to Europe? 

If you’re on a budget, you’d probably want to know the cheapest time to visit Europe. Broadly, the off-peak season, generally from November through April (excluding the Christmas and New Year period), offers the most affordable options for flights and accommodations. 

However, saying this we must remember that Europe is huge so it depends where you want to go.  The ski resorts for example will not be cheaper during these months. 

Also, local festivals will have an impact on the prices. I suggest you research the exact area you want to travel to but by and large, the tourist areas will be cheaper in the off-peak season. 

What month is the best weather in Europe? 

The best weather months in Europe vary depending on the region. I find the weather in Spring to be best, it’s not too hot or too cold. 

What I have also found is that Europeans tend to tolerate hot and cold different from Americans. I find the summers without air conditioning stifling, I’m from Florida but being in England during a heatwave was unbearable. I also find they don’t heat homes or public spaces as hot as we might want and I find myself cold there during the winter months. 

What I’m saying is you can’t often just look at the temperature and assume you know what that is. 30°C/ 86°F in Florida is very doable 30°C in England in houses that are meant to keep in the heat, have small windows, no screens, and no air conditioning was an experience I do not wish to repeat.  

Generally, June through August offers great beach weather in the Mediterranean areas. July and August are the time to travel to Europe for good weather.

For cooler temperatures and stunning natural beauty, September to November —the fall season—is your best bet, particularly in regions such as Northern and Eastern Europe. 

European temperatures by month change dramatically from country to country so check before you go.

High And Low Season For Europe 

The high season in Europe typically runs throughout the summer months from June to August , while the low season spans the late fall to early spring months when there are fewer crowds. 

Note that these periods can shift based on the specific country and region. For instance, ski destinations see their high season in winter. 

The shoulder season, falling at the intersection of these two periods is when I prefer to travel to Europe . The crowds are fewer, the weather milder and the daylight hours are longer than off-peak periods. 

Visit Europe In Summer If You: 

Summer months are traditionally the peak season in Europe, all across from northern, western, eastern, to central Europe. This is when most travelers are out and about, ready to soak up the sun and explore. These months include June, July, and August. 

I find the summer months far too busy personally, but if that is your vibe then go for it. You will wait longer to get into tourist attractions but then again you will find everything open.

This is also the time when you find most of the festivals and activities are in full swing so you will always find something to do. 

If you don’t tolerate heat try and find somewhere that is air-conditioned, believe me, you will thank me. Also, book tickets for attractions and events in advance as this will save you lots of time. 

Temperatures vary a lot during the summer. Western Europe generally sees the highest temperatures reaching 32°C (90°F), and Central Europe will see highs between 24-27°C (74-81°F). Southern Europe will see highs of about 29°C (84°F) and the least rain. Northern Eur o pe can get as low as 10°C to as high as 29°C (50-84°F).

Here are some of the best summer European destinations .

Visit Europe In Winter If You: 

A lot of Europe is so magical during winter and if you enjoy cooler temperatures and are looking for a bargain this is generally the best time to travel to Europe (outside of Christmas and ski resorts). 

 In Europe, the winter months, from late November to February , are usually less crowded and offer unique experiences. Christmas markets in Germany, skiing in the Alps, or the magical Northern Lights in Scandinavia all await.

Even destinations in southern or Mediterranean Europe, although cooler in winter, can still be a joy to visit due to fewer tourist crowds. 

This is generally the low season in Europe. Temperatures tend to be the lowest in Northern Europe -4-5°C (24-41°F) this is where you will most likely get snow. Central and Western Europe have temperatures of around 0-5°C (32-41°F).

Visit Europe In the Fall If You: 

I love Europe in the fall it’s so pretty and if you go in early fall the weather can be surprisingly good. After October the daylight hours do fall off a cliff though so keep that in mind. 

I find it’s much more chill and relaxed everywhere and you tend to be able to find good bargains at this time. 

The rustic vineyards of France and Italy, the mountain landscapes of Switzerland and Austria, and the serene countryside of Eastern Europe are breathtaking at this time of year.

Please check where you are going first though as a lot of tourist attractions will have fewer hours or be closed in the fall. A lot of places shut down from October to March or are only open on weekends.

As far as fall goes the temperatures can be a little bit of everything. Northern Europe is likely to be in the 0-15°C (32-52°F. Western Europe can be anywhere between 4-21°C (40-70°F) with Central ranging from 5-18°C (41-64°F). Southern Europe tends to be the most consistent ranging from 20-28°C (69-82°F).

Visit Europe In Spring If You: 

This is my favorite time to travel to Europe, especially Iceland, I adore Iceland in the spring. The temperatures are mild, the crowds are fewer and the flowers are blooming everywhere.  

The tulip fields in Holland, the cherry blossom in Germany, or the endless poppy fields in Provence, France, are sights not to be missed during a spring trip to Europe.

This is considered the shoulder season, where you can still enjoy the relatively good weather and avoid the peak tourist influx of summer.

I think this is the best season to visit Europe.

Weather is also very changeable in Spring. Western Europe can range from 5-15°C with Central Europe a little bit higher. Southern Europe can be anywhere from 15-25°C (59-77°F) and Northern Europe 1-11°C (33-51°F).

Spring is the best weather to visit Europe and is one of the best seasons in Europe, at least that is what I think.

When To Go To Europe By Month: 

Europe in january .

This is the best month to visit Europe if you are looking for a bargain. You are likely to find a bargain at the beginning of the year.

If you’re a fan of winter sports or simply enjoy the charm of cozy winter days, January is a good time to visit. This is particularly true for Northern and Central Europe where you can find some globally-renowned ski resorts. However, it’s important to note that it’s also the coldest month of the year in most European countries. Therefore, pack accordingly if you decide to go. 

In January, the winter charm envelops Northern Europe. It’s the perfect time to experience the novelty of the Northern Lights in Scandinavia. Down south, in Spain, the vibrant San Sebastian Festival in mid-January draws visitors with its exciting street parties and fancy attires. 

January in Europe will bless you with quieter streets, fewer lines for attractions, and more value for money. You will find this one of the least crowded times to visit Europe.

Europe In February

Being the Europe off-season, February in Europe offers fewer crowds and hence a more quiet, peaceful ambiance. This month is the ideal time if you’re on a budget as it is the cheapest time to visit Europe after the holiday season. You could also experience the magnificence of the Northern Lights in the Scandinavian countries during this period. 

February sees the Carnevale di Venezia in Italy – an extravagant masked ball rooted in Renaissance traditions. Meanwhile, in France, the Nice Carnival, one of the world’s major carnival events, splendidly comes to life.

You might find this one of the cheapest months to go to Europe. Here are some of the most romantic European destinations if you are thinking of visiting for Valentine’s.

Europe In March

With the arrival of Spring, and the temperatures starting to rise across Europe. You get to witness beautiful flower blooms in parts of Western and Central Europe, making it an aesthetically pleasing time to travel.

It is also cheaper than the high season of summer, hence a great time for budget travelers. 

As March arrives, you can enjoy the colorful St. Patrick’s Festival in Ireland. Simultaneously, in Valencia, Spain, the exuberant Falles Festival offers an unforgettable display of artistry through its grand, illuminated sculptures. 

Depending on when Easter is you might find Holy Week falls in March with countries like Spain, Italy, and Portugal going all out with celebrations.

March in Europe is one of the best times of year to travel to Europe if you are looking for lower prices but better weather.

Here are the best 15 Best Places To Visit In Europe In March .

Europe in April

April offers pleasant weather and blooming landscapes. During this month, you can marvel at the world-famous tulip fields in the Netherlands. Plus, the Easter festivities across various European cities add a unique charm, presenting a great time to immerse yourself in the local culture. 

April brings the iconic Keukenhof Tulip Festival in the Netherlands. Tulip fields across the country spring into a riot of colors, offering photographers a perfect vista.

April in Europe will also see the tourist attractions that have been closed open back up, the skies will be bluer and the daytime hours start to get longer.

April in Europe is the best time to vacation in Europe in my opinion.

Here are some of the best places to visit in Europe in April .

Europe in May

In my opinion, May is the best month to go to Europe. You see beautiful green landscapes, warm weather, and fewer crowds. This is also the beginning of the shoulder season, where you’re likely to snag great deals on accommodation and flights. 

The summer crowds haven’t arrived yet, but you will find most things open and it’s almost like Europe has woken up from its slumber.

May, the start of Europe’s music festival season, highlights the Eurovision Song Contest held in various locations. Concurrently, the Cannes Film Festival in France attracts cinephiles from across the globe. In Iceland, you will find the Reykjavík Arts Festival and the Kirkjubæjarklaustur Chamber Music Festival taking place.

I feel May in Europe is one of the best times of year for Europe.

Europe in June

If beach weather and outdoor activities are your priorities, June might be the best time for you to travel to Europe. Consider visiting the Mediterranean it’s one of the best summer destinations in Europe and is lovely during this time. Also, since the peak tourist season hasn’t fully kicked in, you’ll find the region less crowded. 

From June’s Isle of Wight Festival in the UK, famous for its rock-pop-oriented content, to Portugal’s vibrant Santo Antonio Festival, June offers a myriad of vibrant cultural experiences. 

You will find June in Europe really pleasant temperature wise, the daylight hours longer and it won’t be as busy as the summer months as European schools tend to break up later.

Europe in July

July in Europe is one of the busiest months especially as this is the month when Europeans start to take their holidays. Expect the beach resorts to be crowded and prices to be sky-high.

Thsi is peak tourist season in most parts of Europe. The weather is predominantly hot, with occasional rainfall, and you will find all tourist attractions open later than normal. This is also the month with the longer daylight hours with some parts not getting dark until 11 pm.

Festivals are in full swing with the 2nd of July seeing the Palio, a historic horse race taking place in Sienna, Italy. Spain’s Running of the Bulls takes place as well as countless other festivals.

Europe in August

August in Europe takes on much of the same energy as July with temperatures high, daylight hours long, and lots going on.

The Edinburgh Fringe Festival takes place in Scotland and Iceland sees Menningarnótt (Culture Night), Fiskidagurinn Mikli (Great Fish Day), and Síldarævintýri (Herring Adventure Music Festival) take place in August.

You will also find music festivals galore with the Leeds and Reading musical festivals taking place in the U.K. I could go on and on. Let’s just say it’s all happening everywhere in August. This is also the month that most Europeans take their holidays.

Europe in September

September signals the start of the fall season in Europe. The summer crowds have usually dispersed, and the scorching temperatures have cooled down, making sightseeing more enjoyable. It’s a great time to explore Western, Southern, and Central Europe, especially if you appreciate Autumn’s colorful foliage. 

As September rolls in, the Oktoberfest in Munich, Germany, serves up the world’s largest beer festival and is a significant part of Bavarian culture. The Regata Storica takes place in Venice and the grape harvest begins across southern Europe in the vineyards.

Europe in October

October is yet another great month to travel to Europe if you’re aiming to avoid the crowds. The autumn scenery is at its peak, offering stunning landscapes in the countryside. If you plan to visit wine regions such as Bordeaux in France or Tuscany in Italy, as grape harvest season is in full swing, this is the perfect time.  

You will find Southern Europe is still fairly warm but northern Europe will start to get colder. October also tends to be a wet month across the whole of Europe.

Europe in November

November marks the beginning of the winter season in Europe. This month is one of the least crowded times to visit Europe, and prices for flights and accommodations tend to drop significantly. Weather across Europe becomes cooler, with Northern and Eastern Europe experiencing the onset of the winter freeze. 

With November’s cooler temperatures, the Jazzfest Berlin takes center stage, attracting jazz enthusiasts, while Greece’s Thessaloniki International Film Festival entices film lovers.

If you want to see the northern lights in icleand this is the month they begin to be visible. This is the best time to visit Europe to avoid the crowds.

If you go towards the end of November it is the best time to visit Europe in winter as it’s cheaper but you will still get to see the Christmas decorations.

Europe in December

I always thought Americans knew how to do Christmas but honestly Europe does it a much classier way. The amount of traditions they have surrounding this season makes it special.

Deciding to visit Europe in December means stepping into a winter wonderland. You can experience exquisite Christmas markets filled with festive cheer, particularly in Central Europe. However, it’s also one of the busiest periods in certain places, especially around Christmas and New Year. So, make your bookings well in advance! 

Germany’s Nuremberg and France’s Strasbourg are two of the best Christmas markets. The Hogmanay in Scotland offers a memorable New Year’s Eve celebration with fireworks, parades, and concerts. Icleand has some incredible New Year’s celebrations and expects the U.K. to be full of Christmas Carolers.

Planning your Europe trip mindfully, depending on what you want, is crucial. Whether it’s sunny beaches, snow-clad mountains, vibrant festivals, or serene countryside, Europe has something to offer in every season, at every corner.

The best time to visit Europe is as individual as every person reading this and my advice is to visit at a time that works for you.

Reader Interactions

Leave a reply cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

The 10 Best places to visit in Europe in October

Travel Travel Inspiration The 10 Best places to visit in Europe in October

Has backpacking across Europe been on your bucket list for long? Visiting Europe can be hectic, especially when you want to cast about at your own pace. The crowds can daunt you to not book a ticket. Fret not, as we have just the time for you to catch a plane and visit Europe. Take a virtual tour of the culture, food, architecture and the foliage of the best places to visit in Europe in October.

Europe in October is everything you imagine: chilly yet pleasant. As the touristy season recedes, the weather turns gloomy and the cities get quieter. Accommodation prices drop and the cities jumps back to their typical routine, making it the right time for a trip. Get a glimpse of Venice with its canals minus the people, a romantic walk through the streets of Paris without jostling with people or a cruise on the Thames river in London in absolute serenity. Come back home with memories, polaroid pictures and maybe even an accent! Undoubtedly, Europe in October is every gypsy soul's time to talk big.

The Best Places to Visit in Europe in October

Expect to find the best sunrises, cuisines and hidden gems; all barring tourist hordes at these cities in Europe during the month of October.

Madrid, Spain

Average high: 19°c | average low: 11°c.

The capital of Spain, Madrid is a city that boasts it’s multi cultural history. The city is the home to Spanish monarchy, enormous museums and archaic Cathedrals in every corner of the city.. Football fanatics are sure to have a ball at the Santiago Bernabeu , home of local club Real Madrid. The nightlife is liveliest here in all of Spain with the highest number of bars. The climate of the city is humid almost all year round, making it one of the best places to visit in Europe in October.

One Day in Madrid | Madrid to Segovia | Madrid to Toledo | Santiago Bernabeu Tour | Reina Sofia Museum | Prado Museum

Top Recommended Experiences in Madrid

Budapest, Hungary

Average high: 16°c | average low: 8°c.

Made of two towns which are divided by the graceful Danube river, Budapest is the finest of all European cities. The Hungarian capital houses beautiful cafes, Neo-Gothic sites and flattering bridges. The Buda Castle, the Hungarian Parliament , shops that sell one-of-a-kind souvenirs and unfamiliar Hungarian delicacies makes Budapest the right place to get your culture fix. Recognised as an Alpha-world city, the city is a centre for music, film, theatre, dance and visual art. Catch a glimpse of the top fashionistas walk the ramp, munch on modern Hungarian cuisine and rave in the various festivals that can only dope out in Budapest.

Read More About Budapest In October

Budapest Baths | Budapest Travel Guide | Day Trips From Budapest | Budapest River Cruises | Budapest City Tours

Top Recommended Experiences in Budapest

Athens, Greece

Average high: 23°c | average low: 15°c.

Athens is the capital of Greece and holds dear the culture of ancient Greece. Buildings and temples that date back to the 5th century BC still dominate the city, making it one of the best preserved cities in the world. Dainty sidewalk cafes and family-run tavernas gives Athens a Greek-island vibe. Plan your stay at a primordial home in the steep streets and truly experience the essence of Greece. Athens also has a modern edge that is overshadowed. It is not rare here that bars and pubs stay busy till dawn.

Venice, Italy

Average high: 18°c | average low: 10°c.

Venice , the northern Italian Island city has been a tourist magnet for centuries. Its pristine, untouched architecture and serene stretch of Grand Canal truly can be called “La Dominante” The floating city hasn’t changed since Napoleon’s days. In fact, the little alleys, the buildings and the views of the canals are so unique that the city has strict laws on preserving its charm. There’s no stepping in Venice without hopping on a gondola, one of the most quintessential experiences in the city you cannot miss. October poses the perfect time to float by the quaint canals without bumping into too many people, thanks to the shoulder season. The weather of Venice in October is mild and chill.

Read More About Venice In October

Gondola Rides In Venice | Doge’s Palace Venice | St. Mark’s Square Venice | The Grand Canal | Hop On Hop Off Sightseeing Tour

Top Recommended Experiences in Venice

Florence, Italy

Average high: 21°c | average low: 11°c.

Florence ’s history is just as fascinating as its streets that are lined with expensive clothing stores, souvenir shops, gelaterias, and cheese oozing restaurants. This ancient city in Italy is home to the Gothic Duomo, Uffizi Gallery, Piazza della Signoria, and Ponte Vecchio Bridge. The sight of Michelangelo's “David” is a no-miss for anyone who loves art. Autumn makes visiting Florence all the more special as it is the season of wine. Spend an evening at a vineyard to taste and take home a few bottles of the world-class Tuscan wine. This city impels more than what meets your eyes.

Read More About Florence In October

One Day In Florence | The Leaning Tower of Pisa | A Chianti Wine Tour | Florence to Siena | Day Trip from Florence to Rome

Copenhagen, Denmark

Average high: 12°c |average low: 7°c.

The capital of Denmark and home to the famous statue "The Little Mermaid’’, Copenhagen is a Scandinavian treasure. It is landlocked by the coastal islands of Zealand and Amager providing . the most stunning views. Copenhagen hosts many popular jazz festivals throughout the year where you will find the famous musicians singing their favourite tunes. Want to go on a joy ride in a 150 year old amusement park? Visit the famous Tivoli, an amusement park dating back 1843. Copenhagen will satisfy your wanderlust thirst just the way you need it.

Granada, Spain

Average high: 23°c | average low: 12°c.

Granada , a grandeur of a city is home to Moorish architecture and mesmerising views. The royal palaces, baths and gardens are sure to impress you. This ancient city is like no other that you visit, making you feel like a true Spanish royal whilst you are here. Ever wondered where the Palaces of Drone from The Game Of Thrones are? It is the famous Alhambra and Nasrid Palaces where awe inspiring scenes were shot! Granada is a fantasy kingdom that exists in the real world.

10 Things To Do In Granada | Generalife Alhambra | Top Alhambra Tours | Alhambra Granada Tickets | The Alhambra Palace

Top Recommended Experiences in Granada

Edinburgh, Scotland

Average high: 13°c | average low: 6°c.

Edinburgh , the hilly capital of Scotland is is an ancient city with a modern twist. The Castle of Edinburgh, which is a symbolic reference of the city, is the epitome of medieval relics and Georgian grandeur. From climbing an extinct volcano, going underground to explore the city’s medieval past and viewing world-class art, the city is full of exciting activities. Attractions such as Camera Obscura and World of Illusions is a magical escapade with light tricks and old fashioned Scotish games. If whiskey is your poison, don’t miss out on Whisky Distillery Tour when in Edinburgh.

Edinburgh To Loch Ness Day Trip | Edinburgh To Highlands

Top Recommended Experiences in Edinburgh

Bavaria, Germany

Average high: 14°c | average low: 5°c.

In southeastern Germany bordering Liechtenstein, Austria and the Czech Republic lies the state of Bavaria. The capital of this state is Munich which is well known for art museums and the ornate Nymphenburg Palace. Take a trek at the western range of the Alpine mountains, an approximate 4 hours drive from Bavaria. What makes this one of the best places to visit in Europe in October is the famed annual Oktoberfest , a beer festival in Munich.

A Neuschwanstein Castle Tour From Munich | A Day Trip From Munich To Dachau Concentration Camp

Top Recommended Experiences in Bavaria

Prague, Czech Republic

Average high: 14°c | average low: 6°c.

If medieval history and a stroll in centuries old streets interests you, Prague must definitely be on your list if not already. The city is about 800 years and retains it’s bohemian vibe even today. The streets display chic artistic patterns. The Old Town has lived past its time to tell tales of the Kingdom of Bohemia. The people live a lifestyle that is modern yet sophisticated. The New and Old Town have some of the most happening pubs. With colorful buildings and Gothic churches, Prague is one of the most picturesque cities in Europe.

Read More About Prague In October

Things To Do In Prague | Day Trip From Prague to Karlovy Vary | One Day in Prague | Prague River Cruises | National Museum Prague

Europe In October- Weather

Europe in October is all for balanced budgets. The shoulder season (May, September and October) make it the best time to visit most places in Europe as accommodations and cost involved in travelling are cheaper. The crowds are lesser which leaves you with a lot of space to freely explore the continent.The average temperature measures anything from 20 degrees to as low as 5 degrees celsius. The southern countries enjoy warm climate where as the northern countries freeze up and some even experience snowfall.

What To Wear In Europe In October

While checking off everything you need to pack for an adventurous backpacking across Europe, there is one thing you need the most. Warm and comfortable clothes. Europe in October can be freezing cold in some cities. In order not to return with a cough or worse, a frostbite, make sure you get all the warm clothes off your closet and into your backpack. Ditch the shorts and tank tops for some cozy hoodies and not-so-tight jeans. Fashion in Europe is all about layering and mix-matching. Try some basic and functional clothing which will not go out of style. A few pairs of pants and a handful number tops will go a long way. Make sure your footwear is aligned with your activities. Try to make each item multi-purpose and in line with the rest of the wardrobe, consequently making space for other necessary item in your bag.

Europe Through The Year

Best Places To Visit In Europe In January

Best Places To Visit In Europe In February

Best Places To Visit In Europe In March

Best Places To Visit In Europe In April

Best Places To Visit In Europe In May

Best Places To Visit In Europe In June

Best Places To Visit In Europe In July

Best Places To Visit In Europe In August

Best Places To Visit In Europe In September

Best Places To Visit In Europe In October

Best Places To Visit In Europe In November

Best Places To Visit In Europe In December

Born and brought up in Bengaluru, Preetha is an introvert living amidst the toil of the metro, chasing her dreams. She is a movie buff, a bibliophile and is fond of old school music. She has an eye for aesthetics and can draw and paint as good as a ten-year-old. She has been passionate about writing since her teen years and is currently exploring herself and the world, one word at a time.

Be a smart traveler

The first to know about trending destinations, travel deals, tips and all things travel.

Best Time to Visit Europe (+ Where to Go When)

By Author Jurga

Posted on Last updated: September 2, 2023

Spanning more than 40 countries, a visit to Europe gives you the opportunity to explore everything from snow-capped mountains to warm and sandy beaches, along with historical sites and archaeological ruins. And whilst one place is experiencing its low season with few tourists and little to do, another may be at its liveliest.

If you are wondering when is the best time to visit Europe, there is not one straightforward answer. Every season can be a good time to visit Europe; you just have to know what to expect and where to go.

The weather is not consistent across the entire European continent at the same time. Southern parts of Europe are significantly warmer than the northernmost parts throughout the year. So the best time to visit Europe depends on what you want to see and do during your visit, your budget, and the temperature range with which you’re the most comfortable!

In this article, you can find an overview of what to expect in different parts of Europe in different months of the year. We also suggested some of the best places to visit in Europe in every season, special events to look out for, and a few tips to help you make the very most of your experience. Find out!

TIP: At the end of this article, you can find a short overview of the best times to visit Europe depending on your interests.

YOU MAY ALSO LIKE: How to Plan a Trip to Europe (step-by-step guide and tips)

When to visit Europe – OVERVIEW:

• January – February
• April – May
• June & September
• July – August
• October – November
• FAQ – best time to visit Europe based on your interests

Europe in January – February

With average temperatures ranging from around -5°C to 5°C (20-40 °F), January and February are the coldest months of the year in Europe.

This means that – in many areas – you can expect high winds, snow, rain, or sleet (a rather unpleasant snow/rain combination that chills you to the bone and soaks you at the same time!). Even the typically warmer Mediterranean region will be cold and wet at this time of year.

That said, winter is not a bad time to visit Europe and there are some pros as well as cons – see below.

Because of the weather and little to no school holidays, January and February are usually the quietest months to visit Europe. This is also by far the cheapest time in most European destinations.

Rather than fighting your way through the crowds to catch a glimpse of a famous attraction, you can usually view the sights at your leisure.

Flights and accommodation prices are usually lower, so it’s a great time to see Europe if you’re on a budget.

The lower visitor numbers mean that some attractions may have limited visiting hours, or may be closed altogether.

January 1st is a public holiday in Europe, meaning that – in addition to attractions and historical sites – some shops and restaurants may be closed too. Many seasonal businesses at the coastal destinations will be closed during this period too.

This simply means that you will need to plan your winter trip to Europe a bit more carefully. Check ahead of time that you will be able to see everything you want to.

Best places to visit

January and February is the season for winter sports and winter activities in Europe. It’s the busiest time of the year in some destinations in Scandinavia and also in the Alps. Most ski resorts in Europe open in December and close in late March or April.

That being said, January is actually a fairly quiet month even for winter activities. It’s the best time to go skiing if you want to get away from the crowds and spend less money. Things tend to pick up again in February when many European children are on their school holidays.

SOME TRAVEL INSPIRATION: Skiing in Engelberg, Switzerland Mount Titlis, Switzerland Gornergrat, Zermatt Skiing in Grindelwald-Wengen, Switzerland

These months are also good for taking a real winter holiday in destinations north of the Arctic Circle . January is great if you want to experience a polar night and February often comes with beautiful blue light.

But while this is a good time to see the Northern Lights and do some fun winter activities, you should be prepared for many hours of darkness and freezing cold weather. If you don’t mind some darkness and the cold, February can be a magical time in the Arctic!

SOME TRAVEL INSPIRATION: Svalbard in Winter

If you can bear the wet weather, January and February is also good time to visit European cities – particularly if you like to shop! January is the best time for fashion sales. Many European cities like London, Paris, Rome, or Madrid offer some great opportunities for bargain hunting.

Away from the shops, though, most cities will be extremely quiet at the beginning of the year. It’s a good time to visit museums, theaters, and attend concerts. And you will have a largely uninterrupted (although rather gloomy) view of the major landmarks.

Facilities in the cities are geared up for the cooler weather. So you will often find restaurants, for example, with covered outdoor areas warmed by patio heaters. These can actually feel very cozy and are ideal for a romantic break!

SOME TRAVEL INSPIRATION: Strasbourg, France Milan, Italy Amsterdam, The Netherlands

Despite the frigid temperatures in most parts of Europe, it is still possible to find some sunshine and warmer temperatures at this time of year!

Here are some European destinations that all enjoy some relatively warm and sunny days during these months: Malta, the Portuguese Algarve region and Madeira Island, the Canary Islands (including Lanzarote, Tenerife, and Gran Canaria), Cyprus, and Crete Island in Greece.

The Canary Islands are an especially good choice at this time of the year if you want to have more certainty about warm and sunny weather.

SOME TRAVEL INSPIRATION: Hiking in Madeira Most Beautiful Beaches in Algarve

Special events

Many major cities hold parades on New Year’s Day and one of the best parades is in London, England (more info here )! Featuring thousands of performers and eye-catching floats from across the world, it marks the perfect way to celebrate the New Year.

Many places across Europe have ice sculpture festivals and carnival celebrations during this time of the year.

One of the most famous carnivals in the world – the Carnival of Venice – usually starts at the end of January and ends mid-February (more info here ). You can enjoy elaborate, beautiful costumes, street performers, and concerts throughout the carnival, culminating in an unforgettable finale where hundreds of gondolas float down the main canal in a candlelit parade.

READ ALSO: Best Things to Do in Venice

Europe in March

March is somewhat of a shoulder month between winter and spring weather. If you are not looking for beaches and summer weather, this is a great time to visit many places in Europe.

In northern Europe, you can now experience the ‘sunny’ winter with more daylight and more bearable temperatures. March is also one of the best months to see the Northern Lights.

This is also the top season in most European ski resorts. And in southern Europe temperatures are usually already very pleasant for sightseeing.

Visitor numbers are still relatively low in most European destinations. Very few parts of Europe have school holidays in March unless Easter falls early or ski holidays fall later than normal.

Flights and accommodation prices in most major European destinations are still significantly lower than later in the year.

In many destinations, March still has very unstable and changing weather. This is particularly the case in Western Europe. It might be quite wintery and even snowing one week and nice, warm, and sunny the next (or vice versa if the winter returns unexpectedly again). So you never know in advance what kind of weather you’ll get.

March is one of the best months for those who want to experience a true winter wonderland in the Arctic regions ! Northern Norway, Svalbard, Iceland, Finland, even Greenland – all are wonderful winter destinations.

But the month of March is particularly good for these places! The days are longer so you can do some sightseeing, your chances to see auroras are really good, and temperatures are usually not as cold as in December, January, or February.

SOME TRAVEL INSPIRATION: Tromso in Winter Iceland in Winter

March is also a great month to enjoy winter sports in the Alps ! The resorts are nice and quiet after all the hustle and bustle of the February crowds. Furthermore, the weather is usually much better than in winter and you can often enjoy beautiful sunny weather in the mountains.

SOME TRAVEL INSPIRATION: Jungfrau Region (Switzerland) in Winter Jungfraujoch, Top of Europe

March is also a nice month for European cities and historic sites . Especially if you want to visit them without the crowds. Paris, Amsterdam, or Rome can be magical in March!

SOME TRAVEL INSPIRATION: Barcelona, Spain Rome, Italy Lisbon, Portugal Madrid, Spain Ypres and WWI Sites in Belgium Amsterdam 2-day Itinerary

17th of March is St. Patrick’s Day , when Irish culture is celebrated across much of Europe. To make the most of the festivities, head to Dublin and enjoy the four-day festival and parade! More info here .

March is also the time of one of the loudest festivals in Europe, Fallas Valencia (Spain). The festival celebrates the arrival of spring and usually takes place around mid March and lasts several days. With giant paper figures, floral parades, and fireworks, the entire city center is very festive.

In many parts of Europe, March is a good time to see spring blossoms .

READ ALSO: Spring Break in Europe: Best Destinations to Visit

Europe in April – May

April – May is the time when spring finally arrives everywhere in Europe and temperatures start to warm up. April can still be quite wet, with rainfall gradually tapering off towards May.

Good to know: The better weather and Easter Holidays in April cause visitor numbers to rise quite significantly. If you can, avoid visiting major European destinations around Easter.

Spring is also the time when cruise ships start repositioning from the Caribbean to the Mediterranean. From April onwards, coastal destinations tend to see surges in visitor numbers on the days when the cruise ships arrive. Cruises in the Baltic and Nordic regions also begin operating at around this time, although the number of visitors to these areas is still quite low.

TIP: Many destinations have a cruise ship schedule published online. So if you do some advance planning, you can plan your trip in such a way that you avoid the busiest days.

By May, temperatures in many parts of Europe become very pleasant and the days get longer. If you’re lucky, you can even experience summer weather!

May is one of the nicest months to visit Europe – you are able to enjoy the smaller crowds and reduced prices of the quieter season, alongside some beautiful warm weather!

That being said, May can already be quite busy. This is particularly the case in large cities around Labor Day (May 1), Ascension Day, and Pentecost. Many European countries have public holidays around those days, so people take a few extra days off and plan weekend getaways. This is the most popular time for European city breaks!

Spring weather is often perfect for sightseeing, particularly in southern Europe where it gets too hot in the summer. Furthermore, visitor numbers are still relatively low (if you can avoid the Easter holidays and a few long weekends in May).

Prices of accommodations are also lower in April and May than in the summer months. This is especially the case outside the main cities.

The Easter Holidays and public holidays in May often result in large crowds. Main landmarks and attractions in the major cities and family attractions like amusement parks can get particularly busy.

Also, some destinations are just starting to ‘wake up’ after the winter and many places in the more rural areas are still closed in April.

The spring months are ideal for visiting Europe’s major cities and southern European countries . Although the number of visitors increases as each month goes by, this is still a relatively quiet time compared to summer.

Spring is the best time of the year to visit London , Paris , Rome , Brussels , Amsterdam , Barcelona , Vienna, Salzburg , Athens, Venice , and many other cities all across Europe.

Western Europe, in general, is also great at this time of the year. Not just for the cities, but also the rural areas and nature destinations. One of our personal favorite European countries to visit this time of the year is Portugal (for more info see our guide to Portugal in April ). Because it’s not too hot yet, it’s also a great time to truly explore Lisbon !

SOME TRAVEL INSPIRATION: Salzburg City Break – Itinerary for 2 Days One Day in Venice One Day in Florence Hallerbos in Belgium One Day in Amsterdam Dutch Countryside Best Cities in Romania Kinderdijk Windmills in the Netherlands Best Things to Do in Edinburgh, UK Rome Hidden Gems London with Kids Best of Bruges, Belgium

If you’re hoping for the maximum amount of warmth during your European spring trip, then head to southern Europe or the Balkans .

Places like Greece, Portugal, Cyprus, Malta, Croatia, or the Spanish or Portuguese islands are great this time of the year. There, the season is slowly starting but the number of visitors is still fairly low.

The exceptions are Spain and Italy where many destinations are very busy at Easter and also throughout May. But there’s a good reason for that – this is a wonderful time of the year here!

All the ski resorts tend to stay open until just after Easter. By May, it’s already a good time for hiking at the lower altitudes.

SOME TRAVEL INSPIRATION: Croatia Itinerary Bellagio, Italy Best Villas & Gardens of Lake Como, Italy Portugal Itinerary Best Places to Visit in Italy

April is the best time to see the tulip fields in the Netherlands . From the end of March until the beginning of May, you can visit the famous Keukenhof Gardens and Lisse tulip fields .

The Cannes Film Festival in southern France also takes place in May. It’s Europe’s counterpart to the American Academy Awards.

Andalusia region in Spain is world-known for its Semana Santa (Holy Week) celebrations. There are impressive parades all over the main cities in the region and they attract huge crowds. If you decide to visit Sevilla, Cordoba, or Granada around Easter, make sure to book your accommodation long in advance!

Madeira Flower Festival takes place 4 weeks after Easter. Many other places all over Europe have all kinds of flower shows and festivals in spring. Also, Labor Day (May 1st) celebrations are quite elaborate in some places in Europe.

Europe in June & September

June and September are the best months to visit Europe for those who want to experience all the advantages of summer but without the huge crowds.

The very best time to visit pretty much any place in Europe is the first half of June and the second half of September.

Some of the larger cities and attractions are already getting busy in June and remain busy until mid September. But step a bit off the beaten track and you will find that other areas are still very quiet.

Good to know: In most European countries, school holidays don’t start before July. In some countries, kids go back to school by mid August already, some others – beginning of September. In some places, universities only start their school year towards the end of September.

June and September is the shoulder season in Europe. The weather is very pleasant (which is a big advantage if you struggle with extreme heat) and prices are somewhat lower than in peak season. This is particularly true at the beginning of June – before European schools break up for the summer – and at the end of September when kids have returned to school.

The most popular destinations are busy and it might be too hot to explore the cities in southern Europe.

Everywhere! Both – June and September are amazing months to travel in Europe. If you are looking for beaches and a relaxing vacation, Southern Europe is the place to be.

For sightseeing, Western Europe, Central Europe, and also Eastern Europe are very pleasant this time of the year.

This is also a good time of the year for outdoor activities, exploring the mountains, or hiking.

In the Nordics, you can experience the midnight sun in June and see the Northern Lights in September.

SOME TRAVEL INSPIRATION: Lake Garda, Italy Iceland in September Icelandic Highlands Algarve, Portugal Emilia Romagna, Italy San Marino Scotland Whisky Tour Edinburgh, Scotland Funchal, Madeira Best Towns in Tuscany, Italy Italian Riviera Belgium Itinerary Day Trips from Amsterdam Cinque Terre, Italy Amalfi Coast, Italy Best UK Cities Best Things to Do in Krakow, Poland

Many places higher up north in Europe (Norway, Finland, Lithuania, Sweden, etc.), celebrate Summer Solstice / Midsummer at around June 21st-24th. The longest days of the year are a big deal in the Nordics and one of the best times to visit.

Bordeaux Wine Festival in France – one of the best annual wine festivals in the world – also takes place in June. You can attend wine workshops, tour vineyards, and, of course, taste wines produced in the region. More info here .

September sees the beginning of Germany’s Oktoberfest (despite its name suggesting otherwise). This event – held in Munich, Bavaria – brings together beer, German sausage, games, and amusement rides. Children are welcome too and special ‘family days’ are organized. More info here .

Almabtrieb , the traditional cattle drive from the mountains back into the valleys usually takes place in September. You’ll find these celebrations in many places in the Alps, mostly in Austria and Switzerland. Every region has different dates, usually on the weekends throughout September. Here you can find more information about Almabtrieb in Tyrol, Austria .

Europe in July – August

July and August is an absolute peak time to travel in Europe. These are the warmest months and temperatures can soar into the 30s (90s °F) in many areas.

If you want to visit beaches or go hiking in the mountains, this is the best time of the year to visit Europe. It’s also the best time to explore Nordic countries !

In July and August, the sun is high and the weather tends to be hot and sunny, although – being Europe – rain is still possible in some parts! It can even snow in the mountains.

The beginning of July and the end of August are a bit quieter, though still busy. Mid July to mid August is the absolute peak travel season in Europe.

The summer months are the best time for sporting events, outdoor festivals, and all kinds of cultural events across the continent. Whilst it may be a good time to visit if these events appeal to you, it might be better to avoid specific dates if you are not coming for the celebrations. It’s always a good idea to research if there are any special events going on prior to booking your trip.

This is the best time of the year to be in Europe in terms of weather. Everything is open and there are lots of nice local events that will make your trip more special.

Also, the days are long, sometimes not getting dark until 9.30 to 10 pm, or even later if you go further north. This makes it possible to enjoy long, sultry days on the beach, followed by warm relaxed evenings that extend well into the small hours.

The crowds can become quite overwhelming in places, to the point of making it difficult to see or do everything you plan. Summer events and holidays can add to the problem – some places are heaving with people and the cost of accommodation skyrockets.

Furthermore, many places in southern Europe experience very high temperatures that make sightseeing really uncomfortable.

In addition, as demand is high, many activities/ tours/ tickets cost more and sell out long in advance. So if you are planning to visit Europe in summer, it’s essential to plan ahead!

Best places to visit in summer

If you love beautiful summer weather and beaches, this is the best time to take advantage of the searing summer temperatures in the Mediterranean ! Head down to the beaches of Nice or Cannes in Southern France, visit the Spanish Islands such as Ibiza or Mallorca, or go island-hopping in the Greek Islands.

For somewhat cooler temperatures, the coastline of Algarve is a great choice for a beach holiday with your family. You’ll find many water parks , kayaking possibilities , and countless stunning beaches and amazing restaurants.

Summer is also a good time for visiting Belgium , the Netherlands , UK , Ireland, or Eastern Europe . It enjoys good weather at this time of year but is not as hot as southern Europe.

Eastern Europe is less expensive and less crowded than the other parts of the continent. From the sunny beaches of Bulgaria to city trips in Poland or the Baltic States , Eastern Europe has lots to offer its visitors, with much still waiting to be explored!

SOME TRAVEL INSPIRATION: Best Cities to Visit in the UK Isle of Skye, Scotland Best Things to Do in Lithuania Krakow, Poland Sao Miguel, the Azores Curonian Spit, Lithuania Brac Island, Croatia Auschwitz, Poland Best Day Trips in Yorkshire, UK Best Places to Visit Near Luxembourg Cornwall, UK

If you are looking for an adventure holiday or enjoy hiking, July and August are great to visit the mountains in Europe. The Alps, the Pyrenees, and the Dolomites are especially nice at this time of year!

If that’s a little beyond your budget, then consider the mountains of Albania or Montenegro in the Balkans or Slovakia in Eastern Europe.

SOME TRAVEL INSPIRATION: Best Hikes in the Dolomites, Italy Zermatt, Switzerland Matterhorn Glacier Paradise, Switzerland Stubai Valley in Austria Tyrol with Kids, Austria Schynige Platte, Switzerland Trentino Region, Italy Grindelwald, Switzerland Trübsee, Switzerland Top of Tyrol, Austria Mt Pilatus, Lucerne

July and August are also great months to travel in Scandinavia or visit other Nordic countries , such as Iceland, the Faroe Islands, or Greenland.

Don’t expect beach weather though. Most of these places hardly ever get temperatures of over 20°C (68°F) and some even much lower than that. But the days are long, everything is accessible, and you can explore the beautiful nature of the Nordic regions to the fullest.

SOME TRAVEL INSPIRATION: Best Places to Visit in Iceland Lofoten Islands, Norway Greenland Travel Tips & Itinerary Faroe Islands Itinerary Norway Itinerary Iceland Ring Road Northern Norway Road Trip Svalbard Travel Guide

There are so many events and celebrations in Europe in summer that it’s difficult to mention even a small part of them.

France, Switzerland, Belgium, and many other countries have their National Day celebrations in summer. There are also lots of music festivals , such as Tomorrowland in Belgium that attract people from all over the world and always sell out in no time.

The Edinburgh Festival Fringe , the world’s largest arts festival takes place in Edinburgh, Scotland , in August. Tour de France bicycle race, Brussels Flower Carpet , and many, many other events take part all over Europe in July and August.

Europe in October – November

In October, travel slows down in Europe. However, the weather often remains quite nice, especially in Southern European countries. Also in Western Europe, it’s still possible to have some warm and sunny days in early to mid-October.

In general, the first half of October is a very good time to visit anywhere in Europe. It’s not nearly as busy as in September, the prices are lower, and the weather is still good in many places. In the south, it usually remains nice and warm throughout the entire month and even at the beginning of November. In the north, winter usually hasn’t arrived yet.

After that, the weather can be quite unpredictable, with the potential for lots of rain and autumn storms in many places. Visitor numbers are down, with November being one of the slowest months in Europe.

Cheaper flights, accommodation, and tickets for attractions make this a good time to visit Europe if you’re prepared to wrap up and risk the rain!

Prices are lower but there is still the possibility of good weather, particularly in October. The crowds of summer have gone and even the most popular places are quieter now. Also, the weather is not too hot and you can truly enjoy exploring cities like Rome, Athens, or Barcelona.

Some attractions may now be closed and bad weather is a possibility. In many areas that live of tourism in the summer, everything starts to close down in late October – early November. This is especially the case in the small touristy places in Greece, Croatia, or Italy, but not really an issue in bigger towns or major cities.

Southern Europe can be great this time of the year! It’s often possible to enjoy a relatively warm beach holiday in the Mediterranean in October, but this is by no means guaranteed.

If you are more interested in sightseeing rather than the beach, then October – November is an excellent time to explore places like Italy, Spain, Croatia, Portugal, or Greece.

SOME TRAVEL INSPIRATION: Paris in October Italy in November Rome in November Albufeira & Lagos in Portugal Best Cities in Portugal Barcelona, Spain Hidden Gems of Madeira

If you don’t mind the lower temperatures, October is also a good time to visit Eastern European cities such as Prague, Krakow, Vilnius, or Bucharest. While the weather is colder and wetter already, it’s usually quite ok for a city break.

You can also enjoy visits to cities in Northern and Western Europe without the crowds of summer. But be prepared for grey days, chilly temperatures, and the possibility of rain.

SOME TRAVEL INSPIRATION: Milan, Italy Best Places to Visit near London, UK Manchester, UK Bucharest, Romania Antwerp, Belgium Sintra, Portugal Amsterdam, the Netherlands Paris, France Best Things to Do in London Greenwich, London, UK

October is, of course, the time for Halloween. And whilst European celebrations are not as extensive as those in the US, you will often find parties and lots of dressing up.

To really get into the spooky spirit, head over to Romania and visit Dracula’s Castle. There are even themed Halloween trips throughout Romania . Ireland organizes the Spirit of Meath Halloween Festival , which includes events right across the country (more info here ).

On the 5th of November, head to London to celebrate Bonfire Night , also known as Guy Fawkes Night . This celebration dates back to the early 17th century, with Guy Fawkes’ failed attempt to blow up the Houses of Parliament. The event is now marked by large bonfires and spectacular fireworks in many different locations throughout the city. More info here .

October and November are also popular months for all kinds of food- and drink-related festivals throughout Europe. The end of November is also the time when Christmas markets start to open throughout Europe (more about it below).

Europe in December

December is a month of two distinct halves. The first half of December is very quiet and very few people travel. Whereas the second half, when the school holidays start, is extremely busy.

Many Europeans head to the mountains in search of a white Christmas, others – to the Spanish islands in search of some winter sunshine. And even those who stay home for Christmas are usually visiting cities for Christmas markets, theaters, concerts, or shopping.

December is the coldest and darkest month of the year in Europe. It’s cold throughout the continent and temperatures may drop below zero in some areas. It is also one of the wettest months of the year.

On the other hand, December can also be a magical time to visit Europe. Especially if you are looking for a great Christmas atmosphere!

The first half of December is a good time to visit Europe if you’re on a budget and don’t mind the wet and cold weather. With the cost of flights, accommodation, and attractions generally low and few tourists around, this might be a good time to discover European cities. Just avoid Christmas markets on the weekends!

Major European cities can be very crowded at weekends throughout the entire month of December. That’s when Europeans flock to Christmas markets and do their Christmas shopping.

The cost of flights and accommodation goes up in the second half of the month and most major resorts and attractions will be very busy.

European Christmas markets are the main reason to visit Europe in December! The choice is literally endless as Christmas markets can be found all over Europe. If this is your first time, then head to Germany. They have some of the best Christmas markets in the world!

In Eastern Europe and the Nordic and Scandinavian countries, the weather can be bitterly cold. Still, if you don’t mind the cold and the dark, city trips might be quite nice even in those regions. It’s also there that you’ll find some of the quieter Christmas markets without the huge crowds of Western Europe.

Good to know: Many European Christmas markets start in late November and run until just before Christmas. If you are planning to visit at the end of December, then head to places like Belgium where most Christmas markets remain open until the first weekend of January.

SOME TRAVEL INSPIRATION: Vilnius Christmas Market, Lithuania Best Christmas Markets in Belgium

Ski season usually begins in December, so it’s a great time to head to the Alps . Although, this depends on the snowfall which has gotten quite unpredictable in recent years. Keep in mind, though, that the ski resorts are likely to be crowded in the second half of December. Also, look for ski resorts that are at higher altitudes and have more chances for snow this time of year.

If you’re hoping for some sun, your best bet will be the Canary Islands . The weather there is often still quite warm with daytime highs in the low 20s (low 70s F).

Rovaniemi in Finland is also a great place to be at Christmas, especially if you are visiting Europe with kids. You can visit Santa’s House, go dog sledding, and there’s a chance to see the Northern Lights as well. Just prepare for long hours of darkness and bitter Arctic temperatures!

If you don’t care about meeting Santa but want to experience the Arctic in winter and possibly see the Northern Lights, there are many more choices in Europe! Tromso in Norway is one of my personal favorite winter destinations.

Also Reykjavik in Iceland can be great around Christmas and New Year. If you want to get as close to the North Pole as possible and experience a real polar night, then there’s no better place to be than Svalbard !

SOME TRAVEL INSPIRATION: Tromso Winter Trip Itinerary Best Winter Day Trips from Reykjavik Dog Sledding & Ice Caves in Svalbard

Despite the crowds, the Christmas markets are exceptionally good fun and a great way to get you feeling festive. The biggest and best are to be found in Frankfurt, Nuremberg, or Dresden in Germany, Vienna in Austria, or Brussels Christmas market in Belgium.

If you prefer to avoid the crowds, you will find lots of smaller Christmas markets in the smaller Western European cities or big cities in Eastern Europe.

And, of course, you’ll find elaborate New Year’s celebrations with impressive firework displays all over Europe.

SOME TRAVEL INSPIRATION: Christmas Markets in Europe – Hidden Gems Belgium in Winter

Best Time to Travel to Europe – FAQ

So, this is our guide to the best time to visit Europe. As you can see, every time of the year has something unique! There is really no bad time to travel to Europe, as long as you know what to expect and pick your destinations accordingly.

Still, many first-time visitors wonder when is the very best time to visit Europe. Here’s a short overview of the best time to travel around Europe based on your interests:

If you want to make the most of your trip and visit several different countries in one trip, the very best time to visit Europe is in June or in September. Everything is open, the weather is nice all across the continent, and there are fewer crowds than in the summer.

The best time to visit European cities is in the spring or in the fall. The weather is usually very nice, but it’s not too hot for sightseeing, and it’s not too busy. Just try to avoid the Easter holiday and pubic holiday weekends in May.

The best time to visit European beaches is from June to September, with July and August being the busiest months. If you want to avoid the crowds and still enjoy warm weather and warm seas, visit southern European beach destinations at the end of September or at the beginning of October.

If you want to visit Europe without the crowds, then come in November or in January – February. Just keep in mind that the weather might be wet and cold. And while it’s a good time to visit major cities, tourist attractions in smaller places might be closed.

If you are an American family visiting Europe with kids, then plan your trip in June! That’s when the weather is great and it’s not too busy yet. Because most European countries don’t start their school holidays until July, June is the very best month to visit Europe with kids if your country has school holidays already.

If you are visiting Europe on a budget, come in the low season (November, January, February). However, if you are looking for better weather, try the shoulder months like October or March. Or simply visit cheaper destinations! Traveling in Eastern European countries and also countries in the Balkan region is so much cheaper than in Western Europe or in Scandinavia.

The best time to visit Southern Europe on a cruise is in late spring or early fall. June, July, August, and the beginning of September are the best months for a cruise in Northern Europe or the Baltics.

The warm season from May to September-beginning of October is the nicest time to visit Eastern Europe. For good weather and lower crowds, visit in May-June or in September.

Shoulder season (April-May and September-October) is the best time to visit countries in the South of Europe. Summer months are very busy and it’s often too hot for sightseeing.

Summer season between June and mid-September is the best time for exploring Northern Europe. The weather is at its best, everything is accessible, and the days are long allowing you to make the most of your trip.

The best time to go hiking in the European mountains is in summer. In general, all the hiking trails are open from June through September. At higher altitudes, the hiking season might be a bit shorter, whereas at lower altitudes – a bit longer. If you want to go hiking in Europe in winter, head to the Portuguese island of Madeira.

The best time to go skiing in Europe is from January to March. If you are flexible, try to avoid the first week of January, the entire month of February, and the first week of March. That’s the busiest ski season when many European countries have school holidays.

If you are looking to spend a romantic honeymoon in Europe, then visit in late May or late September. The weather is beautiful and it’s not too busy. You can also easily combine a relaxing beach holiday with sightseeing or road-tripping.

The best time in Europe for the Northern Lights is from September to March. In some places, auroras might be visible from the end of August and until mid-April, but chances are really low because it’s usually not dark enough. The Best places to see the Northern Lights in Europe are Nothern Norway (including Svalbard), Finland, Northern Sweden, Iceland, and Greenland. The very best place to see auroras in Europe is Tromso in Norway , from mid September to late March.

READ ALSO: Our Favorite Travel Destinations Worldwide

If you found this post helpful, don’t forget to bookmark it and share it with your friends. Are you on Pinterest? Pin these images!

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Sunday 15th of May 2022

Hello Jurga, I am planning 2 separate trips to Europe. One in 2023 and one in 2024. One trip consists of London, Lisbon, Brussels and Amsterdam. The other will be Munich, Prague, Czech Republic and Berlin although Split could replace one these destinations, don't know yet. This will be sightseeing trips so beaches are not a priority and it will be just me and my wife. I will be flying out of San Diego CA and trips will last 14 to 15 days each. My question is when will be the best time to do each of the trips, taking into consideration weather, crowds and money. Thank You for your help

Monday 16th of May 2022

@Jurga, Thank you for the advice although I should have mention that from San Diego they are only direct flights to London and Munich so I will be doing round-trip flights from SD. In what order would you follow to see the other cities in each trip or go with what's cheaper in transportation from city to city? I do like both suggestions of going in late April early May for one trip and mid May for the other trip although I was looking at late September or early October for the other trip. Thank You

Hi Alberto, one of the nicest times for the trip that includes Amsterdam is the second half of April - that's when the tulips are at their best. You could do Lisbon first, and then Brussels, Amsterdam, London, or so. You never really know how the weather will be, but late April - early May is great for all of these cities. However, if you want to avoid the crowds, then come in March, before Easter. For Central Europe, I'd go a bit later - maybe mid-May or so, before it gets too hot and too busy. Split will be the warmest of all of those, so if you aren't interested in beaches, maybe start there first and move more northwards after that. Once again, you never know. This week, we have temperatures of almost 30°C in Belgium (never happens this time of the year) and the same in Italy where I just came from, whereas it's been quite a lot cooler and raining for weeks in the Munich-Salzburg area. The weather remains a gamble. For the crowds, it's hard to say - it's always much busier from March to October than in the winter, and the peak travel times are in July - August, plus Easter and long weekends in May. If you want to avoid the biggest crowds altogether and travel on a lower budget, then travel in late October - November or January - early March. In that case, always be prepared for at least some rain and cooler temperatures. Good luck with the planning!

• Greek Islands
• South Africa
• Philippines
• South Korea
• French Polynesia
• Dominican Republic
• Saint Vincent & the Grenadines
• Czech Republic
• Ras Al Khaimah
• Saudi Arabia
• A-Z Destinations & Map
• Escorted Group Tours
• Escorted Tours
• F1 Packages
• Family Holidays
• Golf Holidays
• Multi Centre Holidays
• Rail Holidays
• Short Breaks
• Solo Holidays
• Ultra Luxury Holidays
• Exclusive Deals

Where is Hot in Europe in October? 12 Best Places To Go

Social share:.

If you’re craving some warmth in October then Europe has multiple ideal destinations to offer. Then be it the Canary Islands or the Mediterranean coast, you can bask in the sun. Places like Tenerife and Gran Canaria boast sunny skies and temperatures remain comfortable.

For a taste of vibrant city life, Barcelona and Nice are still basking in pleasant temperatures and sunshine. The Greek islands, like Crete and Rhodes, also offer lovely weather, ideal for exploring ancient ruins or lounging by the sea.

If you’re looking for a bit of island charm, Malta is warm and inviting with its stunning coastal views. October is a great time to enjoy Europe’s warm spots before the chill of winter sets in! Whatever place you might be interested in, this blog is going to help you with picking the best place for your holidays.

Top hottest places to visit in October in Europe

One of the best European destinations that offers a plethora of sunshine during October is Cyprus. If you plan to travel here you will get sunny skies and the temperature remains comfortable around 25°C. Isn’t this perfect for your beach days and outdoor adventures during your holidays? The sea is still warm, which will allow you to enjoy swimming and other water sports are in full swing.

You can explore historic sites like ancient ruins and castles in comfort, without the blazing summer heat. The island’s stunning landscapes come alive with a mix of green and golden hues, which are ideal for hiking or sightseeing. Cyprus is less crowded in October, so you’ll find great deals on hotels and quieter beaches. Pack sunscreen and light layers for cooler evenings, and get ready to enjoy a perfect mix of relaxation and culture!

Weather in Cyprus in October: 25°C

2. Tenerife, Canary Islands

Next up in October is the beautiful destination of Tenerife which is pretty much a sunny paradise. If you wish to visit here, rest assured that the temperatures will hover around 24°C to 27°C during the entire month. It’s warm but not overly hot making it ideal for enjoying at the beach. With sunshine throughout the day, you can also plan some quick hiking sessions or explore the island’s natural beauty.

You’ll find fewer tourists than in peak summer, so it’s a great time to visit popular spots like Mount Teide or the stunning beaches without the crowds. The ocean is still warm, making it ideal for swimming, snorkelling, or trying out water sports. You’ll want to pack light, breezy clothes but maybe a jacket for cooler evenings. October is also great for local festivals and events, giving you a taste of Canarian culture while enjoying the island’s laid-back vibe and beautiful weather.

Weather in Tenerife in October: 24°C to 27°C

3. Sicily, Italy

Sicily in October is a dream for travellers! The weather is comfortably warm, around 20-25°C (68-77°F), making it perfect for exploring without the summer heat. You can expect fewer crowds, which is a win for visiting historic gems like the Valley of the Temples or Palermo’s stunning churches. The beaches are still great for a dip, especially on the southern coast.

The entire month is also celebrated as the harvest season, so expect delicious local foods, like freshly pressed olive oil, and amazing wine tastings. Don’t miss the opportunity to explore Mount Etna; the cooler weather makes hiking more pleasant. Pack light layers for cooler evenings, but overall, it’s a fantastic time to experience Sicily’s beauty, culture, and flavours.

Weather in Sicily in October: 20-25°C

4. Rhodes, Greece

Rhodes is just like a dream destination if you plan to visit here during October. It is a perfect time for those who want to avoid summer crowds but still enjoy that warm Mediterranean sun! You can expect temperatures around 24°C which will make it perfect for sightseeing. The beaches are still lovely for a swim, and the sea is warm enough for snorkeling or just relaxing by the shore.

The Old Town of Rhodes is less crowded, so you can wander its charming, medieval streets in peace. Restaurants and tavernas are still open, offering delicious Greek food, but the vibe is more laid-back. Just pack a light jacket for cooler evenings, and you’re set! October in Rhodes offers a perfect blend of culture, relaxation, and stunning scenery.

Weather in Rhodes in October: 24°C

5. Hvar, Croatia

October in Hvar, Croatia is a beautiful blend of pleasant weather and fewer crowds, what would you expect more out of your trip? The summer heat fades, leaving you with comfortable temperatures somewhere around 20°C, perfect for exploring the island without sweating it out. The crystal-clear Adriatic waters are still warm enough for a refreshing dip.

Many of the beach clubs and restaurants are open but way less crowded, giving you more of that relaxed island vibe. October’s also the tail end of the wine harvest, so expect some amazing local wines and food festivals. Hiking trails, like those around St. Nicholas, are gorgeous with autumn colours. Just pack a light jacket for cooler evenings, and you’re all set for a laid-back escape to this city in Croatia!

Weather in Hvar in October: 20°C

6. Prague, Czech Republic

The city comes alive with autumn colours, crisp air, and a cosy vibe. Expect temperatures ranging from 8°C to 15°C, so bring layers! The crowds from summer have thinned, making it easier to wander around iconic spots like Charles Bridge and Prague Castle without the hustle. You’ll still catch plenty of daylight for exploring, but pack a jacket for those chillier evenings. It’s also a great time to sip mulled wine in outdoor cafes or try hearty Czech dishes like goulash. Fall festivals kick off in October, so you might stumble upon local music or beer events. Overall, October is perfect for exploring Prague’s charm, history, and delicious food! October in Prague is pure magic if not more than that.

Weather in Prague in October: 8°C to 15°C

Malta is an absolute gem for travellers and when it comes to October, things get even better! You can expect warm, sunny days with temperatures around 23°C, making it perfect for exploring the island without the summer crowds. The sea’s still warm enough for a swim, so beaches like Golden Bay and Mellieħa are ideal for a lazy day.

October is also festival season, with events like Notte Bianca, where Valletta lights up with music, art, and performances. It’s not too hot, so it’s a great time to explore historical spots like Mdina and the stunning temples. Pack light clothes, but bring a jacket for the cooler evenings. Expect relaxed vibes, fantastic food, and plenty of sunshine without the scorching heat!

Weather in Malta in October: 23°C

8. Madeira, Portugal

Madeira is one of the best cities in Portugal and visiting here during October offers perfect weather for a laid-back escape. You will experience warm days with the temperature being around 22°C, with a mix of sunshine and the occasional refreshing breeze. It’s the tail end of the summer, so you’ll dodge the peak season crowds but still enjoy plenty of outdoor activities.

Hiking trails through lush mountains and levadas (irrigation channels) are a must, with stunning views everywhere. The sea is still warm enough for a swim, and watersports like snorkeling and kayaking are great options. Don’t forget to explore the charming towns, taste some local Madeira wine, and enjoy the island’s vibrant gardens. Overall, October is ideal for outdoor adventures, foodies, and those looking to soak up nature without the heat!

Weather in Madeira in October: 22°C

9. Lanzarote, Canary islands

October in Lanzarote is like finding a sun-kissed paradise just when you need it most. Expect warm, pleasant temperatures around 24°C, perfect for beach days and exploring volcanic landscapes. The sea is still invitingly warm for a dip or some snorkeling adventures. You’ll find fewer crowds compared to peak summer, so it’s ideal for a more relaxed vibe.

The island’s unique landscapes, like Timanfaya National Park’s volcanic terrain and the stunning Mirador del Río, are a must-see. Don’t miss the local markets and try out some traditional Canarian dishes like papas arrugadas. Evenings are mild and great for outdoor dining or strolling through charming towns like Playa Blanca. Overall, it’s a fantastic time for a laid-back, sun-soaked getaway!

Weather in Lanzarote in October: 24°C

10. Ibiza, Spain

Well so, visiting Ibiza during October is like hitting the sweet spot of the year because it is warm, yet not too hot, and the island’s vibe is just right. The crowds have thinned out, so you can enjoy the beaches and iconic spots without the hustle. The weather is still beach-perfect, with temperatures lingering around 26°C, making it ideal for sunbathing or taking a dip in the clear Mediterranean waters. Plus, the nightlife is still buzzing but with a more laid-back feel, perfect for enjoying the famous beach clubs and sunset bars. You can explore charming villages, savour local cuisine, and take scenic hikes with breathtaking views. It’s a great time to experience Ibiza’s beauty and relaxation without the peak summer rush!

Weather in Ibiza in October: 26°C

11. The Algarve, Portugal

The weather is still gloriously warm, with temperatures around 22°C, so you can enjoy beach days without the summer crowds. The sea is pleasantly warm for swimming, and the golden sands are ideal for lounging. The tourist rush has calmed down, giving you a more relaxed vibe to explore charming towns like Lagos and Tavira. The countryside is bursting with vibrant fall colours, making hikes through the rolling hills extra scenic.

Also let’s not forget the local food, October is harvest season, so you’ll find delicious fresh produce and fabulous wine at local markets and restaurants. It’s the ultimate sweet spot for a delightful escape! All in all, October in The Algarve is like hitting the jackpot for a perfect getaway!

Weather in Algarve in October: 22°C

12. Kos, Greece

If you’re dreaming of a sun-soaked getaway in October, Kos is the place to be! The weather is still delightfully warm, making it perfect for beach lounging or exploring ancient ruins. You can enjoy the gorgeous sandy beaches without the summer crowds, and the crystal-clear waters are ideal for a refreshing dip. The charming town of Kos has a laid-back vibe with lovely cafes and shops to discover. October is also a great time to explore the island’s rich history, from the ancient Asklepion to medieval castles. Plus, local festivals and harvest time add a festive touch to your visit. So pack your shades and sunscreen, it’s time for some autumn sunshine and island adventure!

Weather in Kos in October: 24°C

October in Europe is like a golden opportunity for sun-seekers! From the Canary Islands’ endless summer vibes to the Mediterranean’s warm embrace, it’s the perfect time to escape the chill. Cities like Barcelona and Nice offer a delightful mix of culture and warmth, while Greek islands and Malta promise stunning beaches and historic charm. Whether you’re after beach relaxation or vibrant city exploration, Europe’s sunny spots in October deliver the perfect blend of warmth and adventure. So, grab your sunglasses and get ready for a sun-filled European escape!

Read Also: Hot places in Europe in November | Where’s hot in October

Warmest place in Europe in November

Recommended Posts

Siyam World Maldives – Where To Eat (Restaurants)

At Siyam World Maldives, guests can choose between 11 restaurants and 7 bars, meaning that you'll never go hungry. From...

A Complete Guide to Planning Your Next Trip to Greece in January 2025

If you love travelling to cooler destinations, January in Greece is all about mild winters. This can be an ideal...

Italy in September 2024 – Complete Guide

Italy transforms into a vibrant tapestry of autumnal beauty and cultural festivities in September. The summer heat wanes, making it...

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

• Affordable Luxury Travel Recommends
• Thailand Travel Guide
• Travel News

Where is Hot in November in Europe? The 10 Best Places To Go

Uk public bank holidays & school holidays 2024, 2025 & 2026, october holiday destinations: the 16 best places to go, where is hot in april in europe the 10 best places to go, bali in november 2024 – everything you need to know.

WHY BOOK WITH US

PERSONALIZED ITINERARIES

PRICE GUARANTEE

5-STAR REVIEWS

TRUST & EXPERIENCE 

Subscribe to our newsletters to see the latest deals

Affordable Luxury Travel, based in London’s Fitzrovia, is the latest addition to the successful and long established Moresand Ltd.

IMPORTANT LINKS

QUICK LINKS

Our Key Industry Partners

© 2024 Affordable Luxury Travel. All rights reserved. A trading division of Moresand Ltd

• Enquire now

Welcome Back!

Login to your account below

Remember Me

Retrieve your password

Please enter your username or email address to reset your password.

SantoriniDave.com

When to visit europe.

SD › Best Time to Visit Europe Updated: February 29, 2024 By Santorini Dave

• Where to Go in Europe – My favorite places for first timers
• Amalfi Coast – Where to Stay
• Amsterdam – Where to Stay
• Barcelona – Where to Stay
• Berlin – Where to Stay
• Dublin – Where to Stay
• Lisbon – Where to Stay
• London – Where to Stay
• Madrid – Where to Stay
• Mykonos – Where to Stay
• Paris – Where to Stay
• Prague – Where to Stay
• Rome – Where to Stay
• Santorini – Where to Stay

The museums of London (like the British Museum) make London a great year-round destination. Lots to do even when the weather is not great.

When is the Best Time to Visit Europe? The best time to visit Europe depends on your interests and desired destinations, but generally, the shoulder seasons of spring (April to June) and fall (September to October) offer mild weather, fewer crowds, and more affordable accommodations compared to the peak summer months (July and August). My personal preference is to visit the cities (London, Paris, Rome, Madrid) in April, May, and October, and visit the islands and beach destinations in June and September. I definitely try to avoid the big cities during July and August. Though busy, I find the Greek islands more forgiving during peak season travel (it’s hard not to have fun there when the sun is shining). • My Favorites: The 15 Best Places to Visit in Europe My boys looking out over Santorini – one of the best Greek islands for first-time visitors. When is the best time to travel to Europe? If I had to choose one month as the “best time” to go to Europe it would be September. The weather is wonderful, the beaches and water temperature are still great for swimming, and the crowds are noticeably thinner than July and August. Best Time to Visit Europe for Good Weather : The best time for good weather can vary quite a bit in Europe. In many places, particularly the northern countries like Iceland, Sweden, and Norway, July and August bring the best weather of the year, with high temperatures typically hovering around 20 to 22°C. In much of continental Europe, you can generally expect pleasant weather from mid-May through mid-September, with the highest temperatures in July and August, ranging from the low 20s to the low 30s, depending on your exact location, with eastern countries generally experiencing more heat. Summer is hot in the Mediterranean, so if you want to avoid the heat but still enjoy fairly mild weather, go in April/May or mid-September through late October. Italy , in particular, is at its best in the late spring and early Fall – whether it’s Venice , Milan , or Florence in the north, or the jaw-dropping Amalfi Coast or stunning Matera in the south. Best Time to Visit Europe for Beaches : The best time to visit Europe for good beach weather is during the summer months, from June to August. During this period, the Mediterranean coastlines of countries like Spain, Italy, Greece, France, Portugal, and Croatia experience warm sea temperatures, sunny days, and minimal rainfall, making it an ideal time for beach vacations and water activities. The beaches of Greece (my favorites in Europe) are at their best from late May to early October. Best Time to Visit Europe for Skiing : For skiing enthusiasts, the best time to visit Europe is during the winter months (December to March), when popular ski destinations like the French Alps, Swiss Alps, Italian Dolomites, and Austrian resorts offer excellent snow conditions. Best Time for Backpacking : Most backpackers head to Europe between May and September, with peak time in July and August. This time will bring the best weather, the possibility for taking a refreshing dip in a lake, stream, or the sea, and there won’t be a need to pack heavy winter clothing. You’ll also meet a lot of other backpackers along the way, which can be good or bad depending on your perspective. The hostels will all be open too. The downside is that trails can be crowded, hostel prices higher, and you’ll probably have to do laundry more often due to sweaty clothing. In just about every Europe destination, to enjoy more mild weather and fewer crowds, you may want to go toward the end of the busy period in September. If you plan to tackle both northern and southern locales, head north first and then explore the more southern, Mediterranean destinations after the extreme heat of summer has dissipated. Best Time for Visiting Historic Sites : Europe is filled with historic sites, archaeological ruins, and magnificent castles; many that are on practically every travelers’ bucket list. That means if you hope to experience them without bumping elbows with countless other tourists, it’s important to plan ahead, especially when it comes to the most popular attractions, like the Roman Colosseum, the Eiffel Tower, Stonehenge, and the Acropolis in Athens . Peak visitor time is in July and August, and in many places, the heat can make visiting sites an uncomfortable experience, particularly in Eastern and Mediterranean Europe. For destinations in the north and west, the best time to go for decent weather and thinner crowds is just before and after peak season, in either May/June or mid- to late-September. In the east, aiming for around mid-April or mid-September may be ideal, while Mediterranean countries may best be visited in April or from mid-September through October. No matter where you go, planning to arrive early (at least 10 minutes before opening) or toward the end of the day, is usually the better bet for avoiding the biggest crowds. Best Time for a Honeymoon : For a romantic honeymoon, consider visiting Europe during the shoulder seasons (April to June and September to October), when the weather is mild, the landscapes are beautiful, and the atmosphere is more intimate than during the peak summer months. Europe Travel Seasons The charms, views, sights, and iconic attractions of Paris make it an ideal year-round destination. Europe spans over 50 countries, with diverse geography and climates that range from the sunny Mediterranean to the Arctic. That said, its nations generally share similar travel seasons, with only a few exceptions as noted. High Season (June through August) : June through August is generally the high season in Europe, although in Italy, depending on your destination, August may bring low season benefits like fewer crowds and low rates as most Italians go on holiday this month and temperatures in the major cities can be too hot to bear. In most places, however, the entire summer season is the busy tourist season, with the biggest crowds, the highest accommodation rates, and the highest temperatures of the year. You will have the chance to take advantage of long days, with the sun not setting until 9:30 or 10 p.m., and even later the farther north you go. Expect mild, pleasant temperatures in the north, and searing heat in the southern/Mediterranean regions. Shoulder Season (May, September and October) : Shoulder season can be the best time to visit many, if not most, destinations in Europe. Crowds are smaller, rates are often lower and a light jacket or sweater is usually all you need to be comfortable as the weather is mild too. Of course, there are exceptions – the further north you go the chillier it will be, and the further south, the warmer it’s likely to be. The lines at attractions will be longer than they will in the winter, with more visitors catching on to the ideal times to go, but the wait will be much shorter compared to those long ques in the summer. Low Season (November through April) : Winter is generally low season, but depending on your exact destination, it can stretch from late autumn through mid-spring. In the north, while you’ll have to deal with freezing temperatures and snow, on clear nights you may have the opportunity to catch the aurora borealis. If you want to enjoy mild temperatures without the hordes of tourists, head to one of the Mediterranean countries. No matter where you go, other than ski resorts, there will be few crowds and usually plenty of accommodation bargains and low airfare too. If you have your heart set on visiting particular attractions, be sure to check to see if they’ll be open as some will shut down in winter, or have limited hours. Europe Weather by Month: North, West, East and Mediterranean

Visiting an Agriturismo (working farm) in Tuscany or Umbria in Italy is a highlight (especially in spring and fall) of an European vacation.

For the purpose of this article, we’ve broken down the weather in Europe into Northern, Western, Eastern and Mediterranean. In each of those regions, specific numbers are derived from centralized locations: In Northern Europe weather is based on Oslo, Norway; in Western, Brussels, Belgium; in Eastern, Budapest, Hungary; in Mediterranean Europe, Athens, Greece. Europe Weather in January Northern Europe Weather in January : In much of northern Europe, January is the coldest month of the year. Depending on your specific destination, you can expect snow, or at a minimum, near or below freezing temperatures as well as short, dark days. In some places, such as Reykjavik, Iceland, the northernmost capital in the world, there is only a few hours of daylight this time of year. Further south, Stockholm, Sweden gets a little over five hours of daylight in early January. Temperatures in the north generally average highs that are just below freezing, with lows dipping well below to around -7°C. If you plan to visit this month, you’ll need your warm winter gear, including a coat, hat, scarf, sweater, gloves and thermal underwear. (Average Max Temperature: 1°C. Average Precipitation: 50mm.) Western Europe Weather in January : As with elsewhere in Europe, January is the coldest month in the western region with average temperatures hovering around 3°C, though temps only dip below freezing occasionally, with lows averaging 1°C. There is an average of 70mm of precipitation, more often falling as rain than snow. January also means more darkness than daylight with just 8 hours early in the month, as the sun makes its appearance around 8:45 a.m. and sets at 4:47 p.m. Expect some grey, gloomy weather, though it won’t be near as cold as the Scandinavian countries. You will need warm clothing, including sweaters and long-sleeved shirts, a winter coat and warm, waterproof boots. Bring along thermal underwear, gloves and a warm hat for those extra chilly days, especially if you plan to arrive earlier in the month. (Average Max Temperature: 5°C. Average Precipitation: 70mm.) Eastern Europe Weather in January : January is the coldest month of the year in Eastern Europe as it is throughout much of the continent. You can expect freezing temperatures, though the chance of rain, snow and other forms of precipitation is fairly low with just 40mm over 11 days. The average high is just 1°C, though that’s not much different from the average low temperature this month at -3°C. You’re likely to need a warm winter coat, warm boots, a good hat, gloves and a scarf – wool clothing and thermals are especially good for warding off the chill. This is one of the cloudiest months of the year, with cloud cover about 90% of the time, but the good news is that the least number of tourists arrive in January, so if you can handle the cold, grey weather, sightseeing will be more enjoyable than at most other times. (Average Max Temperature: 1°C. Average Precipitation: 40mm.) Mediterranean Europe Weather in January : While Mediterranean destinations can be a great way to enjoy a more mild climate in the winter, don’t expect temperatures that you’d get in the tropics, or any kind of summer-like weather. Still, it’s unlikely to be miserably cold, with daytime highs averaging 13°C and lows at 7°C. Depending on your exact location, you may even enjoy a few especially pleasant days with temperatures rising to 16°C or 17°C. The islands, and the coast of central and southern Greece generally enjoy the most mild temperatures, with snow quite possible in the mountainous areas. Early in the month you’ll see quite a few grey days and a decent chance of rain, but from mid- to late-January there are nearly all overcast days and a greater chance of precipitation, with 57mm falling over 9 days, most coming in the latter half of the month. It’s unlikely that your trip will be ruined by constant downpour, but scattered storms are likely. Be prepared by bringing a portable umbrella and a rain poncho. When it comes to clothing, a mix of short- and long-sleeve shirts, long pants, a sweater and medium-weight jacket should be more than sufficient. (Average Max Temperature: 13°C. Average Precipitation: 57mm.) Europe Weather in February Northern Europe Weather in February : Temperatures gradually begin to increase in northern Europe this month, with an average high of 2°C, though the low remains a chilly -7°C. There’s quite a bit more daylight, however with 8 hours in Stockholm and Oslo, and 7 in Reykjavik. As with last month, plan to bundle up well to ward off the chill. Cotton and wool are always best, and they will help your body regulate itself better under all those layers when you need to stay warm. You’ll likely need sunglasses too, with the sun coming up more often and an average of just 40mm of precipitation falling over 11 days. (Average Max Temperature: 2°C. Average Precipitation: 40mm.) Western Europe Weather in February : February is very similar to January, though things are beginning to warm. Here, you can expect average temperatures around 3°C, increasing to 5°C on warmer afternoons. Skies are often grey, and sunlight is still at a premium. Pack as you would for last month, planning to dress in layers, and bringing that winter clothing, like thermals, a warm coat and the like. With an average amount of 50mm of precipitation, rain is a little less likely, but it does fall over 18 days, so you’ll still probably need waterproof gear as well. (Average Max Temperature: 5°C. Average Precipitation: 50mm.) Eastern Europe Weather in February : While the average high creeps up a few degrees to 4°C this month, February isn’t much different than January, though there’s even less of a chance for precipitation with just 30mm on average falling over 7 days. As you would for last month, pack for winter weather, including items like thermals, a warm coat, sweaters, a hat, gloves, scarves and the like. There will be slightly more daylight hours now, and a greater chance for sunshine with an average of three hours a day, so sunglasses may be needed too. (Average Max Temperature: 13°C. Average Precipitation: 80mm.) Mediterranean Europe Weather in February : February in the Mediterranean region is also quite cool, in fact the average temperature in Athens, Greece hasn’t changed at all, at 10°C, though the average high creeps up a degree to 14°C. Still, it’s much warmer than many other areas of Europe, making it fairly enjoyable to visit, and you’ll have far fewer crowds to contend with either. The bad news is that many island and coastal resorts will be closed, but with sea temperatures averaging on 15°C, you probably won’t be wanting to take a dip in the water anyway – instead, enjoy the mild weather by exploring the many historic sites. Bring your sunglasses, as there is an average of six hours of sunshine each day in February, and just 47mm of precipitation over 7 days this month. (Average Max Temperature: 14°C. Average Precipitation: 47mm.) Europe Weather in March Northern Europe Weather in March : Temperatures continue to climb in March, and with the average high temperature now 6°C, the ice begins to thaw in areas that have been frozen over during the winter. In most major northern European cities, the days are much longer too, with sunrise at 7:15 a.m. and sunset at 5:44 p.m. in Oslo. By the end of the month there is likely to be very little in the way of snow in lowland areas. You’ll still need to pack that winter clothing, but the later in the month you plan to be here, the better the chances that you’ll need a few lighter items too. Remember the weather in March could be anything from well below freezing to pleasantly comfortable and sunny, but it really depends on how far north you go, and if you plan to be near the coast or in the mountains. (Average Max Temperature: 2°C. Average Precipitation: 60mm.) Western Europe Weather in March : Although March ushers spring in, it will still feel like winter earlier in the month, but the weather is noticeably warming. The average temperature has increased two degrees to 7°C, and it may get as warm as 10°C. Sometimes the weather is all over the place, in fact, you could even experience all four seasons in the same week, but as the month moves forward, there is more sun and more daylight too. By March 31st, partially thanks to Daylight Savings Time, there is nearly 13 hours of daylight for taking advantage of outdoor activities. Be prepared for whatever hits by bringing warm clothing, including a rain jacket, and dressing in layers, though the later in March you arrive, the more likely you are to need your sunglasses. (Average Max Temperature: 10°C. Average Precipitation: 80mm.) Eastern Europe Weather in March : March brings noticeably warmer weather, marking the official start of spring. Temperatures are rapidly rising now, with pleasant afternoons reaching 10°C and lows now about freezing at an average of 2°C. Earlier in the month you may still get a snow flurry or two, but the second half of March can be a particularly lovely time to be in Eastern Europe, with winter’s chill fading, yet few other tourists to interrupt the views. Prepare for cold nights, as well as sunny comfortable days and a few cooler ones. The weather this time of year can vary significantly from one day to the next, so bring along lighter long-sleeve shirts and sweaters as well as a heavier jacket just in case. The chance of precipitation slightly increases to 40mm, but you can always pick up an umbrella there if you find you really need one. (Average Max Temperature: 10°C. Average Precipitation: 40mm.) Mediterranean Europe Weather in March : March brings wonderful, spring weather to the Mediterranean, with the average high temperature rising several degrees to a balmy 17°C, and in places like Crete it occasionally reaches 20°C or even higher. Along with spring-like temperatures, this month sees a significant increase in the amount of sunshine and precipitation decreases to 41mm over just 8 days, which is most likely earlier in March. The downside is the sea is still far too cold for a swim, as it still hovers around 15°C this time of year. This is the time of year to plan to dress in layers, as it can be cool one minute and feel hot the next. Bring t-shirts and jeans, as well as a couple of sweaters and a light jacket. You may even want to bring a dress or a pair of shorts, just in case. (Average Max Temperature: 17°C. Average Precipitation: 41mm.) Europe Weather in April Northern Europe Weather in April : While things are definitely warming, the first half of April is typically similar to March. The average temperature in Oslo has climbed 3 degrees to 5°C, and on nice afternoons it may reach 9°C. There are no worries when it comes to a shortage of daylight, on April 1st there is nearly 11 hours of daylight to enjoy, and by the end of the month the sun rises at 5:17 a.m. and doesn’t set until 9:12 p.m. It’s all about layering now, with long pants, both short-and long-sleeve shirts, a sweater and a winter coat. With just 40mm of precipitation falling in April, you’re unlikely to have to deal with much more than light rain, or light snow in the higher elevation areas. (Average Max Temperature: 9°C. Average Precipitation: 40mm.) Western Europe Weather in April : Now it should really be starting to feel like spring, with warmer temperatures reaching as high as 13°C, and a few more dry spells than last month with 60mm of precipitation on average. Still, bring a portable umbrella, or buy one when you arrive as you are likely to need it at some point. The big news is that there is a lot more sun and fewer gloomy days – the sun rises at 6:18 a.m. and doesn’t set until 9:02 p.m. on April 30. You will need your sunglasses, but now you can leave that heavy coat behind, instead, packing perhaps a fleece jacket and a few sweaters. (Average Max Temperature: 12°C. Average Precipitation: 38mm.) Eastern Europe Weather in April : Spring is now in full swing, so you can expect many pleasant days, though the number of tourists arriving starts to increase. The month starts out on the chillier side, but on average, the high temperature climbs significantly – five degrees to 15°C in April. The average rainfall in April is very similar to last month with 40mm falling over 13 days. Prepare for mostly mild days, and cold nights that may get as low as 6°C, as well as occasional light rain. Pack a variety of pieces that can be mixed and matched, and layered easily for the changing weather. You’ll probably want to do a lot of walking, to enjoy those spring blooms and other sights, so be sure to bring a pair of comfortable walking shoes too. (Average Max Temperature: 15°C. Average Precipitation: 40mm.) Mediterranean Europe Weather in April : Temperatures are increasing even more now, with the average high now 20°C., similar to summer in many northern European countries. It’s drier too with just 31mm of precipitation over six days. It’s definitely time to pack those t-shirts, dresses and shorts, but the sea is too cold for swimming. If you’ll have access to a pool, bringing your bathing suit is still a good idea now but you’ll also need a warm sweater or two, and long pants for evenings. All in all, April is generally a great month for comfortable walking temperatures and fewer crowds. (Average Max Temperature: 20°C. Average Precipitation: 31mm.) Europe Weather in May Northern Europe Weather in May : It’s officially spring weather in northern Europe now. In fact, this is one of the best months to visit anywhere in the region with frequent mild temperatures and thinner crowds. The average high in Oslo is now 16°C, with the low well above freezing at 7°C. May is all about layers too – pack a mix of clothing for both pleasantly warm and cool days. In many places in Northern Europe, it’s smart to bring a sweater or fleece jacket even during the warmest months of the year. A wind-proof jacket can be a good idea too, especially if you’re planning on lots of outdoor adventures. (Average Max Temperature: 16°C. Average Precipitation: 59mm.) Western Europe Weather in May : Like much of the continent, May is a wonderful time to be in Western Europe, with noticeably warmer, more frequent pleasant weather. Average highs increase by four degrees to 17°C and most days hover around 13°C. It’s unlikely to feel what most would call “hot,” however, and evenings are still cool with low temps averaging 8°C. Focus on bringing clothing for warmer weather like short-sleeve shirts and shorts or a dress, but toss in a light rain jacket as precipitation is likely with 70mm this month, along with a sweater for cooler evenings and those occasional chillier days. (Average Max Temperature: 17°C. Average Precipitation: 70mm.) Eastern Europe Weather in May : May is known for its mild temperatures that are ideal for sightseeing, with highs now climbing to 21°C, another six degrees higher than last month. The downside is that this is one of the rainier months of the year, and the farther the month progresses, the higher the chance for rain. Precipitation nearly doubles now to 70mm which falls over 14 days, mostly during the latter half of May. You’ll need a good mix of clothing, while keeping in mind the high probability for rain. Bring a light, hooded rain jacket and a portable umbrella, along with items that can be layered, such as both long- and short-sleeve shirts, a lightweight sweater, and a pair of shorts or a dress for warmer days. If you’re coming from a warm climate, it will feel a bit cool, while those who live in more northern areas may think it’s quite summer-like. (Average Max Temperature: 21°C. Average Precipitation: 70mm.) Mediterranean Europe Weather in May : One of the best times of the year to visit the Mediterranean countries is May. Spring is in full gear, and in some places it will feel more like summer, with the average high now 25°C and occasionally climbing to nearly 30°C. There is little in the way of rain, with only an average of 23mm falling on just four days this month. Bring a mix of clothing for both cooler and warmer days, though you’re more likely to need lightweight items. Long pants and short-sleeve shirts will likely suffice most of the time, though you may want to bring shorts, a dress, and a couple of sweaters too. If you plan to go later in the month, you may even find the sea warm enough for swimming, as it generally reaches 20°C to 22°C by late May, so be sure to bring a bathing suit too. (Average Max Temperature: 25°C. Average Precipitation: 23mm.) Europe Weather in June Northern Europe Weather in June : Now that June is here, you can expect long days with only a few hours of darkness, especially in Norway, Sweden and Denmark, with sunrise before 4 a.m. and sunset at 11 p.m. – in Iceland it’s even more extreme, with the sun rising at 2:55 a.m. and setting around midnight on summer solstice. That means you should bring an eye mask to help you sleep, along with clothing for cool, warm, and rainy weather. When it’s cloudy and rainy, it will feel pretty chilly, but once the sun comes out, it’ll be warm. There’s 80mm of precipitation this month, and the temperature, on average, gets as warm as 20°C and as cool as 11°C. (Average Max Temperature: 20°C. Average Precipitation: 80mm.) Western Europe Weather in June : With the arrival of summer, you can expect mostly pleasantly warm temperatures, with average afternoon highs of 19°C, but light rain is fairly common, interspersed among sunshine. June is really a mixed bag with cool evenings and low temperatures dipping to 11°C and 90mm of precipitation, so plan accordingly by bringing a rain jacket and a sweater, as well as lightweight clothing such as short-sleeve shirts, shorts or a dress. With over 16 hours of daylight this month you’ll have plenty of time for those outdoor activities. (Average Max Temperature: 19°C. Average Precipitation: 90mm.) Eastern Europe Weather in June : June in Eastern Europe means summer weather, in fact it can get rather warm with average afternoon highs now reaching 24°C. Temperatures above 32°C are not unheard of, though they’re most likely to occur during the latter half of the month. There is still a good chance for rain, with 60mm falling over 12 days, helping to cool things off a bit. The longer days, with sunrise at 4:46 a.m. and sunset at 8:44 p.m. on summer solstice, combined with fewer clouds, make it one of the sunniest months of the year, along with July, with 14 hours of sunshine on average each day. Plan to bring a light hooded rain jacket or an umbrella for sudden downpours, as well as lightweight clothing for sightseeing during the day. You may need a sweater for evenings spent outside as it can get cool after dark, dipping as low as 14°C at night. (Average Max Temperature: 24°C. Average Precipitation: 60mm.) Mediterranean Europe Weather in June : Summer has officially arrived to the Mediterranean, and odds are, it’s going to feel hot, with high temperatures increasing five degrees to an average of 30°C, though it can get much hotter than that. June in this region sees warm, sunny weather, lots of tourists and higher rates. There is little, if any rain, with only 11mm of precipitation on one day in June. Bring your summer clothing now, including sun protection like sunscreen and a hat as well as a bathing suit. Along with a pair of open-toed shoes like flip flops for the beach, you’ll need comfortable, closed shoes for exploring the sights, as roads are often unpaved and rocky. (Average Max Temperature: 30°C. Average Precipitation: 11mm.) Europe Weather in July Northern Europe Weather in July : July brings the warmest weather of the year in most places in northern Europe, though it probably won’t be what most people consider hot. In Oslo, highs can reach 22°C, and evenings may be as cool as 13°C. Plan to bring short-sleeve shirts and shorts or a dress for warm days, along with a couple of sweaters or sweatshirts and long pants for those cooler evenings. A windproof, waterproof jacket to keep you protected from wind and rain, just in case, is a good idea too. (Average Max Temperature: 22°C. Average Precipitation: 70mm.) Western Europe Weather in July : Along with August, July is the hottest month of the year in the western region of Europe, though temperatures generally don’t get much warmer than 22°C, so if you’re coming from a warm climate it may feel relatively cool. In certain areas, the humidity can be brutal, however, which means it can feel a lot hotter than what the thermometer reads. This is the time for your summer clothing, but you may need a sweatshirt or sweater for evenings which can get down to 13°C. There is less precipitation now than there was in June, but with 70mm over 17 days, you’re still likely to need that rain jacket. (Average Max Temperature: 22°C. Average Precipitation: 70mm.) Eastern Europe Weather in July : Summer is in full swing now, with high temperatures creeping up two degrees to 26°C. This is the hottest month of the year in many Eastern European countries, and temperatures may reach as high as the upper 30s, and there isn’t much rain to cool things down, just only 40mm of precipitation falling over 12 days in July. Bring lots of summery, lightweight clothing along with sun protection, and just a couple of items for cooler evenings like a sweater or light jacket.(Average Max Temperature: 26°C. Average Precipitation: 40mm.) Mediterranean Europe Weather in July : The Mediterranean countries tend to reach their highest temperatures in July, with the average highs in the mid-30s in most areas, though mountainous regions and places like northern Greece will be more pleasant, averaging in the upper 20s and low 30s. Rain is practically non-existent with only 6mm of precipitation over one day in July. Those hot temperatures and constant sun make ideal conditions for going to the beach, in fact, you might find yourself spending a lot of time in your bathing suit. Bring shorts, skirts, dresses, tank tops and the like, along with plenty of sun protection. (Average Max Temperature: 33°C. Average Precipitation: 6mm.) Europe Weather in August Northern Europe Weather in August : August is the next warmest month, and is usually quite similar to July, which is why the most visitors to northern Europe tend to arrive in July and August. Pack as you would for last month, with a mix of clothing for both cool and warm weather. The average high dips slightly this month to 20°C, and the low drops a degree to 12°C. It’s a little rainier, with 90mm of precipitation falling over 17 days, so that windproof, waterproof jacket is likely to come in handy. (Average Max Temperature: 20°C. Average Precipitation: 90mm.) Western Europe Weather in August : August is similar to July, with the high and low the same – 22°C and 13°C respectively, though there is less precipitation with just 50mm falling over 16 days. Expect lots of sun, spread among a few cloudy grey days, as well as high humidity. Although there’s no doubt its summer, it’s unlikely to feel scorching hot here, and you can usually count on at least a bit of mist or rain to cool things off. Pack your summer gear including t-shirts and shorts or skirts, though you’ll still need a few warmer items for those cooler nights, like long pants and a sweater, light jacket or sweatshirt. (Average Max Temperature: 22°C. Average Precipitation: 50mm.) Eastern Europe Weather in August : August is just as hot and humid as July, with the highest average temperatures of the year at 26°C, and many days well over that. August also experiences some of the sunniest days of the year, with an average of 13 hours of sunshine, though there is usually more precipitation. Some 70mm falls over 10 days, which means that while you’re less likely to be caught in the rain, when it does come in may be in downpours. Pack as you would for July, bringing sunscreen and plenty of summery clothing along with a sweater or sweatshirt for cooler evenings. (Average Max Temperature: 26°C. Average Precipitation: 70mm.) Mediterranean Europe Weather in August : August is similar to July, although it may even be slightly hotter with the average high temperature now 34°C. It won’t cool down much in the evening, as even the lows are a relatively warm 24°C, on average. The good news is that the humidity levels drop to the lowest of the year at 50%, making those extremely hot temperatures a little more bearable. Pack as you would for last month, bringing lots of sun protection and lightweight clothing. (Average Max Temperature: 34°C. Average Precipitation: 6mm.) Europe Weather in September Northern Europe Weather in September : With September marking the official start to fall, days are starting to get shorter and temperatures are dropping, though not significantly. Even by September’s end, there is still around nine hours of daylight. The biggest difference is the average high temperature, which has now dropped four degrees to 16°C, and it can get as cool as 7°C. While you’ll still need a few items of clothing for warm weather, you may want to concentrate more on things like sweatshirts, sweatshirts, long sleeves and pants. There isn’t as much precipitation as there was in August, with 70 mm this month, but a rain jacket is still a good idea. (Average Max Temperature: 16°C. Average Precipitation: 70mm.)
 Western Europe Weather in September : Fall is in the air, with temperatures noticeably dipping and rain slightly increasing to 60mm in September, though in many areas this month is often ideal, with tourist crowds thinning and plenty of lovely, sunny days in between the occasional cloudy, wet ones. Bring a mix of clothing for both warmer and cooler days, including a rain jacket, and plan to dress in layers, as often times mornings are crisp or misty, while afternoons bring the sun. Be aware that it can rain with temperatures around 17°C one day and be sunny and practically hot the next. The average high is now 19°C, dipping three degrees from last month, while lows can get as cool as 11°C, and days are gradually getting shorter too, with sunrise at 7:41 a.m. and sunset at 7:22 p.m. by September’s end. (Average Max Temperature: 19°C. Average precipitation: 60mm.) Eastern Europe Weather in September : September is one of the best times of the year to be in Eastern Europe, with summer crowds beginning to thin, and warm, but not too hot days and plenty of sunshine. Temperatures noticeably cool with the arrival of autumn, with the average high dropping four degrees to a very pleasant 22°C. Throughout the month you can expect comfortable weather for sightseeing during the day and early evenings, with lows dropping to around 12°C late at night. September also sees an average of 70mm of precipitation, but the chance for rain on any given day is the lowest of the year, and when it does arrive it’s usually not enough to interrupt outdoor activities. The mild weather makes it easy to pack when you visit this month, bring short-sleeve shirts, long pants like light jeans or khakis, as well as a light sweater or jacket for evenings. (Average Max Temperature: 22°C. Average Precipitation: 70mm.) Mediterranean Europe Weather in September : September ushers in much more pleasant weather, and can be another one of the best times to be in the Mediterranean. The average high temperature drops five degrees to 29°C, with the summer heat finally cooling as autumn approaches. As the sea has had all summer to warm, it’s often ideal for swimming this month and may remain that way through early October. Your summer clothing will still suffice, though you may want a light sweater or jacket in case the wind picks up or on cooler evenings. There is still little need to worry about rain, with 14mm falling over three days in September. (Average Max Temperature: 29°C. Average Precipitation: 14mm.) Europe Weather in October Northern Europe Weather in October : Autumn has officially arrived, and fall colors are typically at their peak in early October in most areas. The weather is likely to be crisp and cool, though in some places it may be downright cold, while rain, sleet or even snow could put a damper on outdoor activities. But there are positives too, like mutton and crab in season in places like Norway, which means you can indulge while sitting next to a roaring fire as a storm rages outside. The average temperature is now just 7°C and highs generally don’t get much about 10°C. 90mm of precipitation falls over 16 days, so you’ll definitely need a rain jacket and clothing for cool and/or cold weather. (Average Max Temperature: 10°C. Average Precipitation: 90mm.) Western Europe Weather in October : October weather in Western Europe is unpredictable and inconsistent. Earlier in the month frequently brings wonderful fall weather along with colorful foliage, though it can be nice and sunny one moment and grey and rainy the next. On some days, it may feel warm enough to enjoy dining at an outdoor café, while others may feel like winter is on the way. The high temperature averages 15°C, while lows may get down to 8°C, and precipitation is on the increase with 70mm falling over 19 days in October. The amount of daylight decreases significantly by month’s end, further, with the sun rising at 7:32 a.m. dipping below the horizon at about 5:18 p.m. (Average Max Temperature: 15°C. Average Precipitation: 70mm.) Eastern Europe Weather in October : October is a time when you’ll want to hope for the best, but prepare for the worst, especially as the month progresses. You’re likely to enjoy at least a few crisp, sunny days as well as an array of brilliant fall color earlier in the month, but be prepared to dress in layers – the onset of cooler weather can lead to heavy fog in some places. You’re likely to need a waterproof jacket and a sweater as well as shoes you don’t mind getting wet. On a pleasant afternoon temperatures may reach 16°C, but it’s likely to get chilly at night with lows down to 7°C. (Average Max Temperature: 13°C. Average Precipitation: 80mm.) Mediterranean Europe Weather in October : Fall has arrived, and the weather will be noticeably cooler. The average high temperature drops another five degrees to 24°C and nights can be as cool as 16°C, though most of the time it’s going to be sunny and warm, with many areas enjoying an “Indian summer.” Precipitation picks up quite a bit to 53mm falling over five days, most during the latter part of October. Bring a mix of clothing, including both short- and long-sleeve shirts, as well as shorts and long pants, and a sweater or light jacket for evenings. (Average Max Temperature: 24°C. Average Precipitation: 53mm.) Europe Weather in November Northern Europe Weather in November : Winter weather is here, with temperatures plummeting to a low of -1°C and high temperatures which only an average of 4°C, while days are much shorter too, with just six-and-a-half hours of daylight by the month’s end in Oslo, and only a little over five farther north in Reykjavik. There is no need for warm weather clothing, plan to bundle up and bring that thermal underwear along with rain or snow gear. The average precipitation is 70mm, and it may be in the form of rain or snow, depending on where you are. (Average Max Temperature: 4°C. Average Precipitation: 70mm.) Western Europe Weather in November : November weather in Western Europe usually means wet and grey, with the average high only reaching 9°C and lows of 4°C. While the average precipitation doesn’t increase all that much from last month in most areas, it falls over 20 days, and combined with less daylight, around eight hours by November’s end, it is likely to be dark and dreary a lot of the time. You could still experience a few sunny days with fairly pleasant temperatures, but on the opposite end of the spectrum, it can occasionally dip well below freezing. That means you’ll need to be prepared for both extremes, planning to dress in layers and bringing along a warm, waterproof jacket. (Average Max Temperature: 9°C. Average Precipitation: 70mm.) Eastern Europe Weather in November : By November, the cold has arrived, though the tourist crowds have dissipated and you’ll often find lower accommodation rates and airfare by traveling to Eastern Europe this month. During the day, the mercury usually doesn’t rise much above 7°, and at night the average temperature is just 2°C, which means odds, are, it will be frosty. Be sure to pack cold-weather gear like a heavy coat, gloves, a hat and scarf, and warm shoes and socks and prepare for some precipitation, with 60mm falling over 13 days in November – in the form of snow in more mountainous, higher elevation areas, and rain elsewhere. Most of the time, it will be grey and cloudy. (Average Max Temperature: 7°C. Average Precipitation: 60mm.) Mediterranean Europe Weather in November : November often brings a mixed bag, with a number of pleasantly warm, sunny days, and temperatures often hovering around 18°C to 20°C. In between, expect more overcast skies and a greater chance of precipitation, with an average of four hours of sunshine a day and increased rainfall, with 58mm over 8 days. There are far fewer tourists in November, which also means many places have shut down for the winter, though the ones that remain open typically offer lower accommodation rates. Bring a variety of clothing, including items for both warmer and cool days, and you may want to have a rain jacket too. (Average Max Temperature: 19°C. Average Precipitation: 58mm.) Europe Weather in December Northern Europe Weather in December : Northern Europe is a fabulous place to be if you’re hoping to enjoy a winter wonderland experience in December. The average temperature in many places is now below freezing, at -3°C, and high temps usually don’t climb above freezing either, averaging -1°C. It’s definitely time to dress for the cold. Think wool, lots of wool, and thermal base layers as well as warm gloves, a good hat, scarf and winter boots. If you’re going to be in mountainous areas, or in the far north, you may need some extra winter gear too. (Average Max Temperature: -1°C. Average Precipitation: 50mm.) Western Europe Weather in December : You’ll need your warm winter coat for a visit to Western Europe in December. Earlier in the month the precipitation that falls is usually in the form of rain, but by mid-month it may be replaced by snow in some places. Either way, expect it to be cold, wet and cloudy, with highs reaching just 6°C and lows hovering just above freezing at an average of around 3°C. You’re unlikely to need thermal underwear, but plan to dress in layers, and bring a pair of gloves, a warm hat and a scarf along with that winter coat. Waterproof boots may be a good idea too, with 70mm of precipitation falling over 21 days this month. (Average Max Temperature: 6°C. Average precipitation: 70mm.) Eastern Europe Weather in December : Temperatures throughout much of Europe are some of the coldest they’ll be all year, other than January. Most Eastern European cities experience typical continental weather in December, with temperatures dipping below freezing, making snow possible, though there isn’t as much precipitation, with 40mm falling over 12 days this month. When it does snow, unless you’re in the mountains, it’s usually light – just enough to add a sparkle to the landscape. While there will be plenty of cloudy days, you’ll probably enjoy a few gorgeous, albeit chilly, days with brilliant blue skies and sunshine too. There’s no need to worry about bringing warm weather clothing now, think sweaters, jeans, wool, scarves, gloves, warm boots and a warm coat. (Average Max Temperature: 13°C. Average Precipitation: 80mm.) Mediterranean Europe Weather in December : December brings some of the coldest temperatures of the year, though compared to northern areas, it’s going to be rather mild in the Mediterranean region. The average high temperature is 15°C, and it doesn’t get much colder than 9°C, which means the weather is still relatively decent for wandering the streets and enjoying the sights, just not warm enough for lounging on the beaches. Rainfall increases significantly to 98mm over 11 days now, and that precipitation is likely to come in the form of light snow in the higher elevation areas where it can sometimes dip below freezing. This time of year, bring clothing for cooler weather and rain, including a rain jacket, long pants, sweaters and long-sleeve shirts. (Average Max Temperature: 15°C. Average Precipitation: 98mm.) Europe Events and Festivals Europe in January New Year’s Day – January 1 is a public holiday throughout Europe. While New Year’s Eve is celebrated in a big way throughout much of the continent, on this day, you’ll find that many places, including restaurants, shops, museums and historic sites are closed, although there are usually at least a few eateries open for lunch and dinner. Lots of major cities will feature parades, like Paris’ New Year’s Day Grand Parade on the Champs-Elysees. Ephiphany – Epiphany is celebrated in many places throughout Europe annually on January 6. Families and communities gather together to celebrate, and for some, the day is even more important than Christmas. This is the main event of the holiday season in Italy, when Italians exchange gifts as the final day of the “Twelve Days of Christmas.” In Spain and Germany, it’s known as “Three Kings Day.” In Finland, the holiday is called loppiainen, a name that dates back to the 17th century. This is when Christmas trees are traditionally taken out of Finnish homes. Depending on your destination, you may find that many places are closed. Winter Sales – Winter sales begin in January throughout much of Europe. While there are no set dates, this is a great time for shopping enthusiasts seeking big bargains on all sorts of items at everything from independent boutiques and mom-and-pop shops to outlets and shopping malls. Up Helly Aa, Shetland Islands, Scotland – One of the most spectacular and the largest of all Europe’s fire festivals, the Up Helly Aa is hosted on the last Tuesday in January every year in Lerwick, the main port of the Shetland Islands in Scotland. It celebrates the region’s Viking heritage with a torch-lit procession and traditional music before culminating with more than 1000 costumed “guizers,” who each take the name of a figure in Norse legend, throwing burning torches into a traditional Viking longship. Bruges Snow and Ice Festival, Belgium – If you visit Bruges, Belgium during the first week of January, you can catch the last days of the Snow and Ice Sculpture Festival. This stunning spectacle features 40 artists who make incredible creations from some 300 tons of ice and 400 tons of snowflakes. Europe in February Venice Carnival, Italy – Carnival is one of the biggest festivals in all of Italy, and in Europe, and there is no place that does it bigger or better than Venice. It takes place during the period before Lent, which usually falls in February but can fall anywhere from late January through early April. Many of the events such as the elaborate masquerade balls require an invitation and come at a steep price, but there are plenty of others that are free and open to the public, including street performances, concerts and the candlelit parade of boats, part of the “grand finale,” where hundreds of gondolas float down the main canal. Patras Festival, Greece – The Patras Carnival in Greece is also among Europe’s largest, and its festivities begin in January and run through February. It includes parades, balls, street music, dances, treasure hunts and more. Valentine’s Day – Valentine’s Day, February 14, is a newer holiday in some places like Denmark, which only started celebrating in the 1990s. In most places in Europe, it’s not a big event, but celebrated by exchanging cards and giving gifts like flowers and chocolates. Many restaurants offer Valentine’s specials to attract couples as well. France tends to go all out, with some three-quarters of the French celebrating the day, which means you’ll find many romantic events, dinners and the like to attend, particularly in Paris. Fete du Citron/Lemon Festival, Menton, France – The Lemon Festival is held in the scenic coastal town of Menton on the French Riviera, beginning in mid-February and running through early March. The event includes parades, with all sorts of floats featuring citrus fruit creations along the promenade, along with musicians and other spectacular displays, while evening processions are followed with fireworks over the bay. There are also a wide range of traditional products inspired by lemons for sale, like honey, jams and jellies, perfumes, soaps, liqueurs and more. Europe in March Taste of Florence Food Festival, Florence, Italy – If you want to experience the best of Italy’s food culture, plan to attend this festival which features some 300 stands that serve food from across the country over 3 days in mid-March. Las Fallas, Valencia, Spain – This massive event takes over much of Valencia for five full days and nights, March 15 through March 19 every year, with parades and pageants, culminating with a huge fireworks display. The fireworks are stuffed inside hundreds of elaborate paper maché creations that are set on fire, bursting across the city. Saint Patrick’s Day – While Saint Patrick’s Day is an Irish holiday, it’s celebrated throughout much of Europe, but the biggest and best, of course, is hosted in Dublin. The capital city puts on a massive four-day festival, with the main event, the parade, taking place on March 17th. It features all types of fantastical creations and exciting performances that include local and national bands, bands from the U.S. and beyond. The Irish Craft Beer & Whiskey Village is open throughout the festival and showcases beer, whiskey, artisan food and entertainment, including live music. Starkbierzeit, Munich, Germany – March in Munich offers the chance to attend festivities similar to Oktoberfest, but without the big crowds and higher prices. Starzbierzeit translates to “Strong Beer Time,” and takes place throughout much of the month. It includes, of course, lots of beer, as well as singing to drinking songs and dancing on tables in a celebration of Bavarian culture. Europe in April Holy Week and Easter – Holy Week is celebrated from Palm Sunday to Easter Sunday, sometimes falling in late March, but most often in April. Throughout Europe, there are many festivities for Easter, in the squares, streets, and stores. For the non-religious, it means things like candy and the Easter Bunny, while for the religious it’s a time for church services and rituals. Each diverse culture celebrates the holiday in its own way – in some places there may be Easter markets and parades to attend, with some of the biggest festivities in Italy, Spain, France and Portugal. Feria de Abril/April Fair, Seville, Spain – In mid-April, Seville hosts one of the largest and most elaborate festivals in Spain’s Andalucia region. It includes people wearing traditional Andalucian dress, a horse and carriage parade, music, street dancing and lots of food and drink. Tulip Festival, Amsterdam, Netherlands – One of Europe’s most popular spring festivals, the Tulip Festival is hosted throughout the month of April, and features over a half-million colorful, and sometimes rare, tulips that can be viewed in the gardens of museums, private homes and a number of city institutions. The Nuremberg Spring Festival, Germany – This annual festival held on the banks of Dutzendteich in Nuremberg, Germany is hosted for 2 weeks in April. It features theme park attractions as well as traditional music, food and drink. Budapest Spring Festival, Hungary – Hosted for 3 weeks in April, this festival offers an impressive program that includes dance, world music, jazz, classical, opera and more, as well as a circus, theatre and the visual arts. Europe in May Labour Day/International Workers’ Day – Labour Day, also known as International Workers’ Day or May Day, is a holiday throughout Europe with the exception of the U.K. and the Netherlands. Celebrations vary depending on the country you’re in – in Croatia people come together to enjoy barbecuing together, in Italy you might find free concerts, and there are fairs hosted throughout Hungary. Political rallies and protests are also common in many major cities throughout the continent. Cannes Film Festival, France – The Cannes Film Festival is one of the most celebrated and glamorous of all film festivals around the world. It’s a time when tens of thousands of filmmakers and fans, including numerous big-name celebrities come to promote their creations and/or catch previews of new films of all genres. Constitution Day, Oslo, Norway – Held annually on May 17th, Constitution Day celebrates Norway’s independence from Denmark with parades, traditional costume, folk music, and a host of other entertainment. Athens Jazz Festival, Athens, Greece – Every year, the city of Athens hosts one of the best jazz festivals in all of Europe over five days in late May. The event features European as well as international artists and entrance is free. Europe in June Karneval der Kulturen, Berlin, Germany – This four-day urban festival typically takes place around the first weekend in June, bringing nearly a million visitors and thousands of participants to celebrate diversity and freedom. It includes dance, live music, parades and a variety of street festivals. Isle of Wight Festival, Newport, England – This music festival takes place over 4 days in mid-June at Seaclose Park in Newport, England. It features big-name rock and indie acts as well as rising stars. Istanbul Music Festival, Turkey – Istanbul hosts its big music festival, often ranked among the top music festivals in the world, throughout most of the month of June every year. Some 600 local and international artists perform, including big names in classical, opera and ballet. Bordeaux Wine Festival, Bordeaux, France – One of the world’s best wine producing regions holds one of the world’s best annual wine festivals in mid-June. It offers the opportunity to taste the diversity of wines from the Bordeaux and Aquitaine regions, as well as to tour vineyards, attend wine workshops, and watch magic shows and fireworks. Sonar Festival – Founded in Barcelona, the Sonar Festival is the biggest electronic and advanced music festival in Europe. It’s held annually over 3 days in mid-June. Europe in July Montreux Jazz Festival, Switzerland – This long-running festival began in 1967 and is hosted either in Montreux or on the banks of Lake Geneva. One of Europe’s major music events, and the second largest jazz festival in the world, it includes concerts and DJ sets. Wimbledon, London, England – In July, London hosts Wimbledon, the oldest and arguably the most prestigious tennis tournament in the world, at The All England Lawn Tennis and Croquet Club. Running of the Bulls/San Fermin, Pamplona, Spain – The most famous and most controversial festival in Spain is held annually July 6 to 14. The actual running of the bulls, which you can watch from a safe distance, occurs on the second day of the festival, July 7. Bastille Day, Paris, France – Bastille Day, July 14, is celebrated throughout France, but Paris hosts the most elaborate festivities with parades, fireworks, and a wide array of parties that go on until the wee hours of the night. Europe in August Edinburgh Fringe Festival, Scotland – This 3-week festival features a unique collection of known and unknown artists. It includes comedy, theater, dance, musicals, operas, exhibitions and much more. Tuscan Sun Festival, Cortona, Italy – This popular arts festival features renowned artists and musicians over nine days starting the first weekend in August. It includes music and art as well as cooking demonstrations and plenty of food and wine, including locally-made items and fine Tuscan wines. Sziget Festival, Budapest, Hungary – The biggest annual rock festival in Budapest is hosted from August 8 to 15, featuring some of the biggest international music artists in the world. Running of the Bulls San Sebastian De Los Reyes, Madrid, Spain  – The second most famous bull-run in Spain is held during the last week of August in Madrid. Participants wear red and white, and spill as much sangria as they drink while trying their luck outrunning the massive creatures. Festa de Sant Roc, Barcelona, Spain – Festa de Sant Roc is the oldest festival in Barcelona, celebrated annually for more than four centuries. It’s focused around the Placa Nova, and takes place in mid-August. Catalan traditions are featured, including lots of dancing, sea shanty singing groups, street games, parades and fireworks. Europe in September Oktoberfest, Munich, Germany – Oktoberfest actually begins in September and runs for 16 to 18 days, depending on the year. Some six million people from across the globe come to join the Germans who drink loads of beer, eat tons of sausage and enjoy raucous drinking as well as a range of attractions like games and amusement rides. Regata Storica di Venezia, Venice, Italy – This historic Regatta is one of the most spectacular events in Venice, and the most important event on the rowing calendar. It highlights the city’s reliance on boating and waterways and takes place on the first Sunday of September each year. It’s made up of four different races and involves many different types of boats, including the gondola, which race a course along the Grand Canal, and is accompanied with lots of food, drink and music. Amsterdam Fringe Festival, Netherlands – This event held annually during the first half of September, hosts a wide range of productions by cutting-edge local and international artists, as well as producers, at over 25 venues across the city, including theater, musical theater, art, comedy and dance. Festes de la Merce, Barcelona, Spain – This festival is the biggest to honor the patron saint of Barcelona, Our Lady of Merce (La Merc). The four-day event is typically held around the first weekend of fall, and includes free music concerts, parades, a harbor swimming race, a run and Catalan dances. Galway Oyster Festival, Galway, Ireland – The oldest oyster festival in the world celebrates oysters and other bounties from the city in the beautiful Irish city of Galway around the start of the autumn season. It’s not only a time for indulging in oysters and a few too many beers, but there are cook-offs, culinary demos and the famous oyster shucking championships. Europe in October Festival of Lights, Berlin Germany – Held for 10 days in mid-October, the Berlin Festival of Lights illuminates the city’s most famous historical monuments and landmarks, like the Berlin Cathedral and Brandenburg Gate via light projections and video art. The festival also includes a variety of art and music events. Eurochocolate, Perugia, Italy – Eurochocolate is one of the biggest chocolate festivals in Europe and is hosted for 10 days in mid-October. This is an opportunity for tasting chocolate from around the world as well as participating in cooking classes, viewing elaborate chocolate-sculpting displays, sipping wine and taking in all sorts of performances. Amsterdam Music Festival and Dance Event, Netherlands – The Amsterdam Music Festival is part of the annual Amsterdam Dance Event conference, which takes place over 4 days in mid-October. The experience celebrates some of the biggest names in electronic music, and typically includes over 2,000 world-class acts from around the world. Halloween – Halloween is celebrated throughout much of Europe, but it isn’t as lavish as it is in the U.S. In most places there is no trick-or treating, instead there are parties, costume contests and other events. As Halloween’s origins date back to the ancient Celtic festival of Samhain, many of the biggest and best festivities can be enjoyed in Ireland. The Spirit of Meath Halloween Festival includes events at various venues across the county that can be enjoyed throughout much of October and into early November. Europe in November Bonfire Night, London, England – Annually on November 5, London’s skies light up to celebrate Bonfire Night, a tradition that dates back to the early 17th-century, when Guy Fawkes tried to blow up the House of Parliament. Today, it’s all about fireworks. The Rome Jazz Festival, Italy – This jazz festival is one of the most popular November events in Rome, hosted throughout the second half of November. It includes performances from Italian as well as international musicians that take place in the Auditorium Parco della Musica. Sinterklaas Parade, Amsterdam, Netherlands – The arrival of Saint Nicholas, or Santa Claus, who is known to Dutch children as Sinterklaas, launches the Christmas season in mid-November. He arrives on a ship into Amsterdam from his home in Spain, bringing presents and treats for the children. Weihnachtsmarkt, Koblenz, Germany – In many places around Europe, the Christmas markets and festivals begin, including the Koblenz Weihnachtsmarket which takes place in Old Town Koblenz. It runs through just a few days before Christmas and includes some 100 decorated stalls that sell an impressive array of traditional German cuisine and beverages, and all sorts of goods, including handcrafted toys. There are a variety of concerts and other performances throughout the festival as well. Europe in December Lyon Festival of Lights, Lyon, France – Lyon hosts its popular Festival of Lights over four days in mid-December. There are impressive lighting displays throughout the city to honor Mary, the mother of Jesus. Tradition dictates that every house in Lyon places candles along the outside of windows, which produces an incredible effect throughout the streets. These days, there is lots of high-tech lighting used as well. Christmas Markets – There are Christmas markets in many locations throughout Europe in December. Some of the best can be found in Dresden and Hamburg, Germany; Innsbruck and Vienna, Austria; Birmingham, England; Brussels, Belgium; Belfast, Northern Ireland; Bologna, Italy; Copenhagen, Denmark and Trondheim, Norway. Christmas Eve/Christmas Day – For many Europeans, the main event of the holiday season is Christmas Eve, celebrated with Midnight Mass and a big feast. Others focus more on Christmas Day and gift-giving. On Christmas Day, December 25, nearly all attractions will be closed, and most restaurants, though in some cities you may still find quite a few eateries open. New Year’s Eve – December 31st, New Year’s Eve, is celebrated with fireworks and parties across Europe, many lasting well into the night. No matter where you are, you’re likely to find a fun event to attend. Some of the best New Year’s Eve festivities can be enjoyed in London, Paris, Vienna, Berlin, Edinburgh, Rome, Lisbon and Prague, although celebrations can be found in many small towns and other major cities throughout the continent.

About Santorini Dave

Hi, Dave. I’ve been enjoying your website as I plan a mega-trip for me and my wife. We’ll fly out of Miami, Florida on April 18 and the plan is 14-17 days in Tuscany, 4-5 days in Rome, 7-10 days in Santorini and Athens (and possibly Naxos/Paros or Nafplio), two days in Cairo and five days in Jerusalem. From a weather and logistical standpoint, I’m thinking the order should be: 1. Israel; 2. Cairo; 3. Greece; 4. Italy. This way, we would start with places that are warm anyway and progress to places that are getting warmer. But then again, I wouldn’t mind being in Santorini and Tuscany in mid-April to early May when they’re less-crowded. What are your thoughts on this? Thank you for your input.

FYI, I’ve been to Israel but would like my wife to see Jerusalem, and it’s an incredibly cheap flight from Athens. Cairo for the pyramids even though Cairo airfares to or from Tel Aviv add a lot to the price of the trip.

I agree and would recommend the exact order you suggest moving from warmer climates to cooler ones. Sounds like a great trip.

First vacation that my husband and I are taking after so many, many years and we want to see Europe in February. We are planning for a 10-15 days trip. Don’t know if we should be signing up with a tour group or see places on our own? Any suggestions?

I think it’s much better – more rewarding, more interesting, more unique, more fun – to plan and do trips on your own. They’re often cheaper too (or at least you get better value for the money that you spend). So, my suggestion is to definitely DIY – but some people do enjoy guided tours and package vacations (especially the canal or river cruises).

Hi We are planning to visit the Netherlands, Belgium, France, and Switzerland during Mid April to May. Is it a good time to visit Northern/Western Europe?

The weather could be a mix of pretty much anything. Cold and grey to warm and sunny. There’s no saying. The cities (like Amsterdam and Paris) offer lots to do even when the weather is not great.

Your website is really fantastic. We are a family of five (14, 11, and 6 year old children) and are going to Verbier for a week after Christmas. We would like to incorporate some other European destinations into our trip but are not sure where the best place is to go in winter after Christmas. We have been to Paris, London and Rome with the kids and would like to try somewhere new. Do you have any recommendations? Thank you!

I love Barcelona over Christmas and New Years.

Are the beaches still busy in southern Europe (the beaches of Spain, Italy, and France) in mid-September? Is the swimming still good?

The peak crowds of August have definitely diminished by September but the sea is still warm and most years weather will be great for swimming.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Přejít k obsahu | Přejít k hlavnímu menu | Přejít k vyhledávání

• Best Locations to Fly to in October in Europe
• < Travel inspiration

Travel inspiration

By Adam Ryan September 16, 2024

By Adam Ryan | September 16, 2024

Itching for an October escape somewhere in Europe? We feel the same! Let’s explore what the continent has in store for you.

October is that month when nobody knows what’s really going on in Europe ; it’s too early to plan for Christmas, the evenings are getting shorter, and the weather isn’t exactly appealing, depending on where you are, of course. So, why not book a trip?

Here are a few ideas to help you choose where to embark on your October adventure.

Stay Active With a Holiday to the Tatras, Slovakia

In the north of Slovakia, in the Prešov Region, lies some of Europe’s most stunning mountains, the Tatras, which spread across both Slovakia and Poland.

If the sight of towering peaks, crystal-clear lakes, and roaring waterfalls gets your heart racing, this is a place you can’t afford to miss. The entire national park covers 211.6 km², so it’s best to plan out in advance which area you want to trek through; the three main sections include the Western Tatras, Belianske Tatras, and High Tatras. There are trails to suit all levels of fitness here, but the big feat everyone wants to achieve is the colossal Gerlachovsky Stit, which is 2,655 meters high. For the daredevils who want to take it on, a guide is compulsory for safety purposes due to the harsh terrain of the peak, so don’t try to tackle it alone, or you’ll get in trouble.

Entrance to the Tatra National Park from the Slovakian side is free of charge, but if you want to use any of the cable cars, prices range between €13 and €16 for return tickets, depending on the journey you take.

You’ll most likely be coming to the Tatra National Park from Bratislava , which is around 334 km away, so it’s quite a ride. The easiest way to get there is by taking Bus 61 for €1.61 from Bratislava Airport to Bratislava Hlavná Stanica. There, you’ll take the train to Poprad; the ticket prices vary, but expect to pay around €14.84 for the 4-hour journey. From Poprad Bus Station, you need to take the FlixBus to Tatranská Lomnica; ticket prices start from around €5.98 for the 30-minute ride.

Escape to Dubrovnik, Croatia for a Romantic Getaway While the Crowds Are Low

The chances are if you know someone who’s been to Dubrovnik, they’ll probably tell you it was absolutely mobbed with tourists when they visited. Unfortunately, this can turn many people off from traveling there. But if you put off your trip to this stunning city along the Dalmatian coast in southeastern Croatia until October, you’ll find it much less crowded.

Like most people, your trip to Dubrovnik will begin in the city’s Old Town , and let me just say, it’s nothing short of incredible; there’s so much character to it; between the terracotta-rooftop stone buildings and fortified walls, all I can say is wow. You’ll be able to stop outside many free sights while you’re walking around here, like the Sponza Palace, Dubrovnik Cathedral, Rector’s Palace, Dominican Monastery, and the Jesuit Stairs. If you want to go inside some of them, you may have to pay a fee, but no cost is involved peaking from a distance.

You couldn’t come to Dubrovnik and not take the classic tourism pilgrimage around the Old City Walls. Up to 1940 meters of stone walls with towers, bastions, and fortresses surround the Old Town, which dates back to the 13th century. Their purpose was to defend the city from any attacks from outside invaders; when you see their sheer size, you’ll be amazed at how innovative people were so long ago. The tickets aren’t the cheapest; they’re priced at €35, but it’s a proper bucket list item for many.

Following a few days of hearty servings of Ćevapi, you’ll want to burn off the calories, and what better way to do so than taking on the challenging hike up to the top of Mt Srđ to see Dubrovnik from a bird’s eye view? The hike itself isn’t that long, it’s only 2.1 km one way, but the climb is quite steep and can be tough in the heat. The trailhead is a 20-minute walk from the Old Town; you’ll be able to find it on Google Maps named ‘Staza Prema Utvrdi Imperial.’ Be sure to bring plenty of water for you to stay hydrated, and if you’re regretting your decision halfway through, just think of the fabulous coastal vista that lies ahead.

Dubrovnik International Airport is well connected to the city center, so you’ll easily find a way to get to your accommodation. For flights that land during the day, various bus companies offer affordable direct services into the city. Libertas Dubrovnik is the cheapest, offering bus fares for around €3.55, but prices vary. Uber is also available in Dubrovnik for those who land at night. The 25-minute journey from the airport costs around €25. However, demand and time of day will dictate the price.

Chase the Sun in Gibraltar

If you were to mention Gibraltar to some people, they probably have never heard of it, but it’s actually a British overseas territory sitting far south of the Iberian Peninsula, bordering Spain. Due to Gibraltar’s location on the Mediterranean, you’re guaranteed some fantastic weather here during October, with average temperatures of 20°C.

The weather isn’t the only thing Gibraltar has going for it ; this strategically important area has an interesting past. Between the Great Siege of Gibraltar and its place in WW2, anyone who’s interested in history will be amazed by all the cannons and military installations scattered around the Rock of Gibraltar. Additionally, the Great Siege War Tunnels are another defense system open to tourists. You can walk through the passageways developed by the British army on the north side of the Rock of Gibraltar around the time of the Great Siege. Entry is included with the Nature Reserve Pass, which also gives you access to many other attractions, including the Rock; it costs GIP 19 (€22.49).

After you’ve bought the Nature Reserve Pass, you might as well get your use out of it and visit some of the other sites that come with it, like the Windsor Suspension Bridge, St. Michaels Cave, and Moorish Castle. All of them are in the same area, but you squeeze them all in within one day as long as you’re smart with your time.

Following your landing at Gibraltar Airport , you’ll be able to take any of the Citibus routes, including 10, 5, and X5, into the center. Single tickets cost for the buses £1.60 (€1.89), but I think it’s better to purchase a day pass, which will allow you to use the buses as much as you want for one day; it’s priced at £6 (€7.10).

Book a Last Minute Trip With Your Friends to Bucharest, Romania

Bucharest is one European city that doesn’t get the recognition it deserves. It’s edgy, super cheap, and has an artsy kind of vibe to it; some compare it to the likes of Berlin, but you can be the judge of that when you visit in October.

You’re bound to visit a handful of museums when you’re here; they’re everywhere. It’s estimated there are around 60 of them in total, so you’ll want to choose your battles wisely. The National Museum of the Village is well worth a look at; you’ll get a fascinating insight into rural life in some of Romania’s well-known ethnographic areas like Transylvania and Maramures, entry LEI 30 (€6.04). Another good one is the Museum of Communism; here, you can see what times were like in the city under Communist rule, entry LEI 40 (€8.05).

One place you’ll hear lots of people talking about in Bucharest is the Therme Spa . It’s the biggest thermal spa in all of Europe, with mineral pools, fun waterslides, saunas, wavepools, and restaurants; whatever way you like to relax, they probably have it here. The whole complex is split up into three zones with separate tickets for each: Galaxy, the Palm, and Elysium; each has its own unique attractions, so you should do your research before to see which one you prefer. Each zone’s tickets cover you for a three-hour slot each, but they’re priced differently based on the day of the week and what’s on offer in each area (prices between LEI 63 (€12.67) and LEI 137 (€27.56).

You may not have heard before, but Bucharest has quite a thriving hospitality scene . If you like to dine out, you’re in for a pleasant surprise. Easily, the most famous coffee shop here is the Grand Café Van Gogh; sip a nice espresso (LEI 9.50 (€1.91)) among the Dutch painter’s finest works like the renowned Starry Night. To try some Romanian specialties like Mici, I suggest you head to La Mahala in the Old Town. The food is phenomenal here, and it’s affordable when considering the central location. They offer pieces of Mici for LEI 7 (€1.41) a pop; that’s cheap for the capital city.

Bucharest Henri Coandă International Airport is around 20 km from the city center. The Express 100 Express Line bus (formally known as the 783) operates 24/7; it runs every 15 minutes during the day and every 30 minutes at night. The tickets only cost LEI 3, so it’s very inexpensive, and it drops you right into the main center where you’ll most likely be staying.

Get Your Hands on Some Cheap Flights to Skopje, North Macedonia

Skopje is wild and wonderful , plus the North Macedonian capital has a quirky reputation, but you can’t grasp it until you witness it for yourself. If you type Skopje into Google, the first thing that will probably pop up is the statues that the city is known for; many of them popped up from 2008, like ‘The Great Warrior’ with Alexander the Great. While the intention was to draw more tourists to the country, Skopje has a wealth of exciting attractions beyond just that.

The Old Bazaar in Skopje is so nice; it has that traditional Ottoman feel you get in these types of marketplace. On both sides, you’ll see classical Ottoman-style buildings transformed into cute cafes, souvenir shops, and restaurants. Since you’re in the area, you might as well pop in to see Kuršumli An, which is an old caravanserai; these are lodgings that were used by travelers on the old Silk Road (free entry).

As the day comes to a close, there’s no better place for a sunset in the city than Skopje Fortress. This monumental structure provides an unbelievable view over Skopje; it dates back to the 6th century AD, but you wouldn’t think it; there has clearly been a big push to preserve its beauty. The walk up from the Old Town takes around 20 minutes, depending on how fast you go, but it’s not a tough climb. Plus, you don’t have to pay anything to enter; it’s free.

Skopje International Airport is around a 25-minute drive from the capital; a shuttle bus runs every few hours with tickets priced at MKD 199 (€3.23). However, depending on your arrival time, it may not be suitable to go with this option as you might have to wait around for a while. Taxis from the airport are also quite cheap; it’s possible to pick up a one-way fare for around MKD 613 (€9.96), but you’ll need to pay in cash, so try to exchange some local currency upon your arrival.

Where Will This October Take You?

Traveling through Europe in October is always a good idea. You won’t find a cheaper month than this; there are no Christmas markets, summer holidays, or big events to worry about unless you know someone who celebrates Halloween abroad.

So, what adventure awaits you this October? It could be an exciting few days in a Balkan capital like Skopje or a sunny getaway to a British Overseas territory like Gibraltar. We can’t wait to see where your travels take you in Europe.

Bratislava Bucharest Budget travel Croatia dubrovnik Europe Gibraltar North Macedonia October Poland Romania Skopje Slovakia Tatras

Popular routes on Kiwi.com

• Cheap flights from Dubai to London
• Cheap flights from Vilnius to Tenerife
• Cheap flights from Nairobi to Eldoret
• Cheap flights from Tenerife to Vilnius
• Cheap flights from London to Prague
• Cheap flights from Barcelona to Tenerife
• Cheap flights from London to Athens
• Cheap flights from Cairo to Dubai
• Cheap flights from Berlin to Istanbul
• Cheap flights from Istanbul to Baku
• Cheap flights from London to Warsaw
• Cheap flights from London to Lisbon

Hidden Gems of Europe: Islands You Should Visit This Summer

It's summertime in Europe, and you need somewhere new to visit for a little getaway. You've covered the lively urban centers like Madrid and Paris where every second tourist goes and are now looking for something a little bit more untouched.

Last-minute summer breaks from Europe

Looking for an interesting European trip this summer? A city break, a beach holiday, a combination of the two? Here’s a selection of cheap, last-minute vacation ideas you can book now on Kiwi.com!

Meet our 2024 World Travel Hackers!

Here are the 12 pairs of travelers ready to take part in the ultimate travel challenge. Let’s get to know them better!

Top Tips for Budget Travel — the World Travel Hackers’ Guide

Money-saving tricks, how to stay within your budget, eating and drinking on the cheap, finding low-cost travel and free attractions: find out how our previous World Travel Hackers traveled the world as economically as possible

Los Angeles on a budget: 10 ways to save money when you visit

Trying to save money in Tinseltown? It is possible! Discover money-saving tips, hidden gems, local knowledge and great deals on food, drink, sightseeing and more

Take the stress out of travel: World Travel Hackers on insurance from Kiwi.com and AXA travel insurance

Save money on flights and the unexpected with Kiwi.com and AXA travel insurance! Our World Travel Hackers tell us about their travel mishaps; the times when they were covered, and the times they were less fortunate

Adam is a travel writer, coffee enthusiast, hiker and adventurer fascinated by less-visited destinations. Currently, he's attempting to visit every country in the world at his own pace. @asadamgoes

Las Vegas on a Budget: Your Ultimate Guide to Cheap Thrills in Sin City

Budget Málaga: The Ultimate Guide to Experience the City on the Cheap

Chiapas: The Warm Heart of Mexico

• Search Please fill out this field.
• Manage Your Subscription
• Give a Gift Subscription
• Newsletters
• Sweepstakes
• Fall Vacations

16 Best Places to Travel in October

These are the best places to visit in October in the United States and around the world.

Greater Palm Springs, California

Austin, texas, scottsdale, arizona, savannah, georgia, dallas, texas, st. pete-clearwater, florida, the eastern sierras, california, cappadocia, turkey, kyoto, japan, florence, italy, okanagan valley, canada, phuket, thailand, the cotswolds, united kingdom, mexico city, mexico.

Sean Pavone/Getty Images

It’s just about unanimous among travelers and Travel + Leisure's A-List advisors — October is a great month to travel, whether for an extended trip or a weekend getaway. The weather is mild in most places, fall foliage is beautifying the landscape, and crowds are manageable, especially compared to the busy summer travel season. Special events offer even more reasons to plan a trip. Here are 16 of the best places to travel in October in the U.S. and around the world.

Taylor McIntyre/Travel + Leisure

As someone who spends time in the Palm Springs area year-round, I can say that October is my favorite month in the Coachella Valley. The weather is clear and warm — in the mid-80s with cooler evenings — and the winter visitors haven’t arrived yet, so hotel prices are attractive and restaurant reservations are easier to get. It’s a great time for shopping, dining, and enjoying the nine cities of Greater Palm Springs . Visit The Living Desert , hike in the Indian Canyons, soak in natural hot springs, relax at the Spa at Séc-He ,  tour museums, or shop downtown Palm Springs boutiques or El Paseo’s designer stores. Known for midcentury architecture, Palm Springs will host Modernism Week Oct. 24-27 with tours and home visits. Nearby, the Joshua Tree Music Festival is set for Oct. 10-13 at the gateway to the national park.

Where to Stay: From resorts to rentals, visitors have many lodging options. Sensei Porcupine Creek is a luxury wellness resort with a gorgeous golf course and tennis program. The Grand Hyatt Indian Wells Resort & Villas will debut major renovations in September. The new Thompson Palm Springs is expected to open in September in downtown Palm Springs, blocks from the also-exceptional Kimpton Rowan . The adults-only Azure Palm Hot Springs features natural mineral springs and spa treatments.

“October is the best time to come to Austin," says Erin Lindsey, Austin local and vice president at Bunkhouse Hotels . "The weather is finally cooler, so Austinites pack some of the best events of the whole year into this month." Lindsey's favorite is the Levitation music festival held during Halloween weekend, but there are plenty of others: Austin City Limits Music Festival (Oct. 4-6 and 11-13), which brings in top names to perform at Zilker Park; the Formula 1 U.S. Grand Prix (Oct. 18-20), including concert performances in the racetrack's infield; the Austin Film Festival (Oct. 24-31), which brings top-billed films and indies to the city; and the Austin Horror Film Festival , set for Oct. 17-19.

Where to Stay: In the heart of downtown, stay at sibling properties Thompson and Tommie Austin or Hyatt Centric Congress Avenue Austin .  Hotel Van Zandt debuts its new lobby bar, Brass Poppy, in September. A short walk from Zilker, Carpenter Hotel is a perfect festival home base. Hotel Saint Cecilia is luxurious and secluded, and Austin Motel offers a fun and affordable experience

A quintessential destination for leaf peepers, Vermont is an ideal place to enjoy crisp October air, foliage in shades from gold to crimson, apple picking, and outdoor activities. “It’s no secret New England is one of the best places in the world for leaf peeping, and for good reason," says Bruce Grosbety, president of Woodstock Inn & Resort . But that's not the only reason to visit. “Come for the foliage," he says, "but stay for the hiking trails that you’ll find steps from our inn’s door and community events that draw in local artisans and food producers from around Vermont.” The Green Mountain State is home to wineries, breweries, cheesemakers, farms, and sugarhouses for maple syrup. Museums showcase art, nature, and Vermont’s history. In Woodstock, be sure to check out the Annual Woodstock Apples & Crafts Fair & Food Truck Festival , celebrating its 50th anniversary this year.

Where to Stay: T+L has plenty of suggestions for a romantic getaway in Vermont , including the Woodstock Inn, The Hermitage Inn in West Dover, and Twin Farms , set on 300 acres in Barnard. The Weston provides another luxury boutique option in the Green Mountains, while Hotel Champlain and Hotel Vermont are two notable properties in Burlington.

Jackson Vance/Travel + Leisure

October is a prime month in Scottsdale, with temperatures in the low 80s by day and even cooler temps at night. You can still enjoy poolside relaxing, but it’s also a great time to experience the beautiful outdoors with a hike, a visit to the Old Town farmers market or a local pumpkin patch, or a side trip for some leaf peeping in Sedona . Another experience worth having is Ales on Rails , a four-hour Oktoberfest train ride that pairs the vibrant foliage of Sycamore Wilderness with Arizona craft beers. It runs most days from Sept. 17-Oct. 31. Getting to the city is easier than ever this fall, too, since JSX hop-on jet services will add a new nonstop route connecting Scottsdale and Dallas beginning Oct. 3.

Where to Stay: Sanctuary Camelback Mountain, A Gurney’s Resort & Spa , offers tennis and pickleball courts. Golfers will enjoy the short course at Mountain Shadows Resort and the two scenic and challenging courses at Four Seasons Resort Scottsdale at Troon North . W Scottsdale is located in the Entertainment District near Old Town Scottsdale. I’ve enjoyed a stay at Hotel Valley Ho , with its clever midcentury style and ZuZu restaurant offering over-the-top desserts.

Heather Durham/Travel + Leisure

In the midst of shoulder season, October is pleasant in Savannah with cooling temperatures and many ways to enjoy being outdoors. Whether it’s your first visit or a return to a favorite city, you’ll want to stroll through the squares among the ancient oak trees or along River Street’s cobblestones, perhaps watching the activity on the river. My husband and I did both when we visited Savannah, and the waterfront walk was fun, with cafés, shops, statues, and places to stop and watch the ships. October is a good time to get into the Halloween spirit with a ghost tour that combines history, folklore, and scary stories. The Savannah Film Festival is set for Oct. 26-Nov. 2, and jazz fans might want to visit in September for the Jazz Festival (Sept. 18-22). From great food to history, you’ll find lots of things to do in Savannah .

Where to Stay: Perry Lane Hotel , with a rooftop pool and bar, topped the list of reader favorites in Georgia in T+L’s 2024 World’s Best Awards . The Alida , located downtown on River Street, also made the list. Also along the river, Thompson Savannah offers pet-friendly rooms at no extra fee in the heart of the Historic District.

Vincent Mercer/Travel + Leisure

The annual State Fair of Texas (Sept. 27-Oct. 20) is a great reason to visit Dallas in early autumn, when live music, cooking contests, livestock exhibitions, and Texas-style events continue the traditions that began in 1886. The weather is in the comfortable 70s with cool nights during the end of the month, and there are plenty of things to do in Dallas in addition to the fair. The downtown Arts District is home to museums, performing arts venues, restaurants, and bars in a walkable 68-acre area. Visitors can enjoy the autumn weather outdoors by hiking on trails, exploring gardens and parks, or heading to the Dallas Zoo. Dallas Area Rapid Transit (DART) offers convenient transportation from Dallas Fort Worth Airport directly to downtown Dallas.

Where to Stay: The Adolphus is located in the heart of downtown, as is The Joule , set nearby in a 1920s Neo-Gothic bank building. Uptown, the boutique Hôtel Swexan features a rooftop infinity pool, while the Ritz-Carlton Dallas offers suites overlooking the skyline.

Michela Sieman/Travel + Leisure

Set on the Gulf Coast, the St. Pete-Clearwater area is home to some of Florida's best beaches . Surrounded by the Intracoastal Waterway, Tampa Bay, and the Gulf, activities on the water include stand-up paddleboarding, kayaking, boating, sunset cruises, and speedboat rides. Stroll the boardwalks at Boca Ciega Millennium Park, Sawgrass Lake Park, or Weedon Island Preserve, or enjoy the views from the new St. Pete Pier. From Oct. 11-20, the arts community comes alive with the annual SHINE Mural Festival , transforming St. Pete into a curated, open-air museum with murals by international, national, and local artists. Visitors can take in the sights on a 2.5-hour, professionally guided trolley tour, or check out the Dalí Museum, which currently features Dalí Alive 360° , an immersive experience that makes for a fascinating way to enjoy the artist's work.

Where to Stay: The St. Petersburg Vinoy Resort & Golf Club debuted in 1925 but received a major revamp last year. The Don CeSar , known as the Pink Palace, is another St. Pete-area icon. Downtown, the new lifestyle hotel Moxy St. Pete debuts in August.

Rory Fuller/Travel + Leisure

Well away from iconic Highway One on California’s coast, another scenic drive, Highway 395, takes visitors east of the Sierra Nevada Mountains through the area known as the Eastern Sierras . Along the way, there’s Yosemite National Park , Mammoth Lakes , Mt. Whitney (the highest point in the Lower 48), the town of Bishop , and Mono Lake , with its unusual limestone formations. “October is a beautiful time to visit Bishop and experience the great outdoors. It’s a great time for hiking, fishing, biking, and trail running,” according to Phil Hospod, CEO and founder of Dovetail + Co . “This is the time of year when vibrant fall foliage colors paint the Eastern Sierra landscape and add to the scenic beauty of the alpine region.” Over the Nevada border, visitors can tour Frey Ranch Distillery , a 2,000-acre farm and distillery that produces an exceptional straight bourbon whiskey.

Where to Stay: The Wayfinder Bishop features cozy rooms, local art, and two restaurants. In California’s “Lost Sierras,” Greenhorn Ranch , once a goat farm during the gold rush, is a 608-acre, all-inclusive guest ranch with horseback trail rides, fly fishing, mountain biking, archery, gold panning, and whiskey tastings. The historic National Exchange Hotel dates back to an 1856 gold mining camp. Nearby, the Holbrooke Hotel is a renovated California Historical Landmark.

This World Heritage Site in central Turkey features a dramatic landscape of volcanic rock, valleys, caves, and formations referred to as “fairy chimneys.” Engin Kadaster , a T+L A-List advisor, says, “The colors of the fall foliage make October a great time to visit Cappadocia, and the view from the hot air balloons is absolutely amazing with leaves turning red and yellow, making the region’s rock formations look even more fascinating.” The area is home to world-class wineries producing unique Cappadocia varietals and, according to Kadaster, the grape harvest begins after mid-September. “In addition to underground cities and cave churches, Cappadocia offers charming villages. In October, the villagers get ready for winter, hanging eggplants and peppers on strings to dry, adding to the fall colors." Hot air balloon trips, available throughout the year, are a great way to experience Cappadocia from above.

Where to Stay: Argos in Cappadocia is a luxury boutique hotel carved into a hillside with caves, tunnels, multiple restaurants, and Turkey's largest underground cave spa, which opened this spring.

Daneil Gorostieta/Travel + Leisure

“October is my personal favorite month to travel to Japan in general, and especially Kyoto,” A-List advisor Rebecca Mazzaro tells T+L. “One of the main reasons is the fabulous weather — mild temperatures, low humidity, bluebird days, and ideal conditions for exploring this spectacular city with endless invaluable treasures.” More than 2,000 shrines and temples are among those treasures, as are gardens, forests, bamboo groves, and excellent restaurants. In addition, Mazzaro continues, “Come late October, the stunning fall foliage begins to show its brilliant colors, and there are fewer crowds than during the peak fall color season in November. Finally, October is one of the best times to enjoy dishes made with fresh, local, seasonal ingredients such as chestnuts, mushrooms, and vegetables.” The high-speed train from Tokyo is a convenient and exciting way to arrive in Kyoto.

Where to Stay: The best hotels in Kyoto range from traditional to modern. The Hotel Seiryu Kyoto Kiyomizu is a memorable property set in a refurbished 1933 schoolhouse. You could also opt for one of the city's newest openings: Six Senses Kyoto opened in April, and Banyan Tree Higashiyama is set to open in late August.

Evgeniya Vlasova/Travel + Leisure

A center of art, culture, and history and the birthplace of the Renaissance, Florence is one of Italy’s most popular cities. By October, summer’s crowds have gone and the pace has slowed, making this the month ideal for enjoying museums, restaurants, and the city’s atmosphere. A-List advisor Andrea Grisdale says, “I love Florence in October as the weather is generally very pleasant around 68℉ during the day with blue skies, so it’s not too hot — perfect for exploring. Then it gets chillier in the late afternoon/evening, so you need a light sweater or jacket.” Grisdale mentions the Oct. 8 Festival of Santa Reparata , patron saint of Florence, as a great opportunity to mingle with locals as they celebrate. It’s also a time, she says, of food, wine, olive, and truffle-related events in the towns of Tuscany. “Florence is a great base for day trips into the Tuscan countryside for bike riding, wine tasting, hot air ballooning, without the heat of summer.”

Where to Stay:   Hotel Torre di Bellosguardo is set in the hills of Florence with stunning views of the city. Hotel Calimala is located in the city’s historic center. You can also check out T+L's suggestions for Florence hotels based on the advice of locals and travel experts.

John Elk III/Getty Images

This year-round destination in south-central British Columbia is known for farms, orchards, wineries, and stunning scenery. According to T+L A-List advisor Marc Telio , “October is a fantastic time of the year to visit as it’s harvest season, and orchards are bursting with apples, a fruit Kelowna is famed for. The city celebrates through culinary events, from harvest dinners in vineyards to chefs incorporating ingredients in seasonal menus.” October also brings colorful autumn foliage and the wine grape harvest. The Fall Okanagan Wine Festival is set for Oct. 18-19 and 26-27. “During October, the weather is still enjoyable for outdoor activities. While other parts of Canada are cooling down, you can extend your cycling season, enjoy scenic hikes, or go paddling on the lake,” Telio says. “Birding is also popular, and October is a great migration season to get out there and birdwatch.” The Okanagan Symphony Orchestra kicks off their season in October, and Prospera Place hosts a variety of events.

Where to Stay: Naramata Inn , on the shores of Lake Okanagan, is a historic boutique property boasting 12 rooms and The Restaurant at Naramata Inn . Lodging options in Kelowna , Penticton , and Vernon offer a range of places to stay.

Bento Fotography/Getty Images

Located in the Andaman Sea, the island of Phuket is known for white-sand beaches, clear seas, gorgeous sunsets, and delicious cuisine. Thailand’s largest island is about an hour flight from Bangkok via Phuket International Airport on the north end of the island. According to A-List advisor Grant Ekelund , visitors arriving in October “get the best of both worlds.” It’s the “tail end of the Green Season, so there shouldn’t be much rain, but things are still lush and green. [There's] also the shoulder-season bonus of decent weather without peak-season crowds and peak-season pricing.” Most visitors come for the beaches, boat tours, and scenery, but the cultural attractions are fascinating as well.The Phuket Vegetarian Festival , Oct. 3-11, is a major event with festive decorations and displays of vegetarian dishes of all kinds. The Big Buddha, a giant statue of Burmese alabaster on the peak of Mount Nagakerd, is beautiful in itself, and it’s a vantage point for panoramic views.

Where to Stay: V Villas Phuket , a luxury villa resort, offers panoramic Andaman Sea views. COMO Point Yamu and Melia Phuket Mai Khao are also excellent options.

Eduardo Fonseca Arraes/Getty Images

Having owned a cottage in the Cotswolds for 18 years, Ellen LeCompte speaks from experience. “October in the Cotswolds is my favorite month, actually," says LeCompte, who's been a T+L A-List advisor for the UK since 2003. "The hordes of summer tourists are gone, and the weather is wonderful with blue skies and white puffy clouds — perfect for exploring the many walking paths and then curling up by a country hotel fire or a cozy village tea shop with a pot of tea and a plate of scones.” LeCompte certainly paints a charming picture of autumn in the English countryside as she continues: “There is the Cheltenham Literary Festival, Oct. 4-13, celebrating its 75th anniversary with a terrific lineup of authors. Kids love Birdland, the Cotswold Farm Park, the Falconry Centre, and sheep everywhere!” The area also boasts excellent restaurants and gastro pubs, antique shops, village churches, and a wide variety of local shops and craft centers.

Where to Stay: The Lygon Arms in Broadway offers traditional afternoon tea as well as lunch and dinner at Tavern.

Itzel Garrido/Travel + Leisure

“October is an ideal time to visit Mexico City as the rainy season subsides, leaving better visibility — you may even get an early-morning peek of the towering Popo and Izta volcanoes from a good vantage point if you’re lucky,” says A-List advisor Zachary Rabinor . “The St. Regis and Ritz-Carlton both have privileged views,” he adds. Visitors will want to explore Mexico City’s neighborhoods, as well as museums like the Casa Azul , Palacio de Bellas Artes , and the National Museum of Anthropology . “Towards the end of the month, you’ll find the iconic Paseo de la Reforma lined with vibrant orange marigolds in preparation for Día de los Muertos (Day of the Dead), a dramatic sight,” Rabinor says. Along with the holiday, Mexico welcomes the Formula 1 Grand Prix from Oct. 25-27, making late October an exciting time to be in Mexico’s capital.

Where to Stay: T+L has a variety of suggestions for our editors' favorite Mexico City hotels , including the St. Regis Mexico City . Apart from these, the excellent boutique Hotel Volga , Hotel Alexander , and Hotel San Fernando are worth considering.

Jess Macdonald/Travel + Leisure

Located in the southwest corner of Africa, Namibia is said to be at its best during the winter months from June to October when the weather is dry. It’s peak season for wildlife viewing as the desert becomes dry and animals seek out water holes, gathering in large groups. As summer approaches during this shoulder month, the weather warms, reaching into the 80s by day while nights are still chilly. Speaking of nights, Namibia’s night skies are clear, and stargazing is an exciting way to enjoy the hours of darkness. Etosha National Park ’s notable feature is an expansive salt pan, used by some wildlife as a salt lick during the dry season. In rainy years, the pan becomes a lake, attracting thousands of migrating flamingos. At water holes in the park, visitors can observe lions, elephants, rhinos, leopards, wildebeests, and more.

Where to Stay: Accommodations are available both inside and outside Etosha National Park. If you're looking for a guided tour, try GeoEx . The company recently launched a new suite of women-focused itineraries, including trips exploring Namibia from Sept. 1-13 and Oct. 14-26.

Related Articles